HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract Document & Specification for Augusta Golf Course Improvement
Augusta Richmond GA
DOCUMENT NAME: Con+ract- 1)oc.LU''''()ents~ S -pe.c....lfi CeLt-ions
~()\"" A~U.5-\u. ~ IF (j)u.r-Se. Irnprovemenb
DOCUMENT TYPE: ton+racf
YEAR:
100t
/"
BOX NUMBER: !)
FILE NUMBER: ( 3 ~ ~ 't
NUMBER OF PAGES: \ I I
I
I TABLE OF CONTENTS
I Section
Numbers Title Pages
I ADV Advertisement for Bids 1
I IFB Information for Bidders 3
P Proposal 3
I BB Bid Bond 2
I NA Notice of Award 1
I A Agreement 2
PB Performance Bond & Payment Bond 4
I COA Certificate of Owner I s Attorney 1
I NP Notice to Proceed 1
GC General Conditions 18
I SGC Supplemental General Conditions 3
I SC Special Conditions 4
Technical Specifications 41
I
Addendum #1 & #2 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
SEALED BIDS for the construction of the Augusta Golf Course Improvements
(Maintenance Building) at Augusta, Georgia, including together with appurtenances, hereinafter
referred to by project name as
AUGUSTA GOLF COURSE IMPROVEMENTS
(Maintenance Building)
Bid Item # 98-160
will be received by
AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY
hereinafter referred to as the OWNER, at the office of the Purchasing Director, Room 605, Municipal
Building until 11:00 a.m. on the 11th day of August, 1998, at which time all bids will be publicly
opened and read in the presence of those interested.
All work shall be in accordance with the contract documents of James G. Swift &
AssociatesIEckles, Martin & Rule Architects, hereinafter referred to as the Engineer/Architect.
Copies of the Contract Documents may be examined during regular business hours at
the office James G. Swift & Associates, 1206 Interstate Parkway, Augusta, Georgia 30909; at the
office of Augusta-Richmond Purchasing Dept, Room 605 Municipal Building, 530 Greene Street,
Augusta, GA 30911; and at thefollowing locations:
The F. W. Dodge Division Plan Room
Augusta, Georgia
Augusta Builders Exchange
Augusta, Georgia
CSRA Business League
Augusta, Georgia
Copies may be obtained at the office of James G. Swift & AssociateslEckles, Martin &
Rule Architects upon payment of Fifty Dollars ($50.00) for each set. (Non-refundable).
Bids shall be addressed to Augusta-Richmond County Commission, do Geri A. Sams,
Purchasing Director, Municipal Building, Augusta, Georgia 30911, marking the envelope "Bid for
Augusta Golf Course Improvements (Maintenance Building), Bid Item #98-160".
Bids shall be completed and submitted as described in the Information for Bidders
section of the Contract Documents.
A 10% Bid Guarantee, 100% Performance Bond, and a 100% Labor and Material
Payment Bond will be required.
It is the wish of the Owner that minority businesses be given the opportunity to bid on
the various parts of the work. This desire on the part of the Owner is not intended to restrict or limit
competitive bidding or to increase the cost of the work. The Owner supports a healthy free market
system that seeks to include responsible businesses and provide ample opportunity for business growth
and development
No bid may be withdrawn for a period of Sixty (60) days after the date and time set for
the receipt of bids.
AD V-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The Owner reserves the right to waive any informalities in bidding and to reject any or
all bids.
Geri A. Sams, Purchasing Director
Advertised in Augusta Chronicle: July 17, 21, 29, and August 4, 1998
Advertised in Augusta Focus: July 23, 1998
ADV-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
.
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
The base bid for this contract shall consist of the construction of the
maintenance building as described in these specifications and as illustrated on the drawings. The base
bid shall include, but not be limited to, the provision of materials, labor and equipment to. accomplish
the construction of the building.
The base bid price of the maintenance building shall include everything
required for a fully operational system as described on the plans and in the following specifications,
less those items specifically excluded and excluding the alternate bid item additions and/or deductions.
Bids will be received by Augusta-Richmond County, (hereinafter called the
"Owner"), at the office of the Purchasing Director until 11:00 a.m. on August 11, 1998, and then at
said office publicly opened and read aloud.
Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope, addressed to Augusta-
Richmond County at the Municipal Building, Augusta, Georgia 30911. Each sealed envelope
containing a bid must be plainly marked on the outside as Bid for Augusta Golf Course
Improvements (Maintenance Building), Bid Item #98-160 and the envelope should bear
on the outside the name of the bidder, his address and his license number, if applicable. If fonvarded
by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another envelope addressed to
Augusta-Richmond County, do Geri A. Sams, Purchasing Director, Room 602 - Municipal Building,
530 Greene Street, Augusta, Georgia 30911.
All bids must be made on the required bid form. All blank spaces for bid
prices must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, and the bid form must be fully completed and executed
when submitted. Only one copy of the bid form is required.
The Owner may waive any informalities or minor defects or reject any and all
bids. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening of bids or
authorized postponement thereof. Any bid received after the time and date specified shall not be
considered. No bidder may withdraw a bid within sixty (60) days after the actual date of the opening
thereof. Should there be reasons why the Contract cannot be awarded within the specified period, the
time may be extended by mutual agreement between the Owner and the bidder.
Bidders must satisfy themselves of the accuracy of the estimated quantities in
the Bid Schedule by examination of the site and a review of the drawings and specifications including
addenda. After bids have been submitted, the bidder shall not assert that there was a
misunderstanding concerning the quantities of work or of the nature of the work to be done.
The Contract Documents contain provisions required for the construction of
the project. Information obtained from an officer, agent, or employee of the Owner or any other
person shall not affect the risks or obligations assumed by the Contractor or relieve him from fulfilling
any of the conditions of the Contract.
Each bid must be accompanied by a bid bond payable to the Owner for ten
percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. As soon as the bid prices have been compared, the
Owner will return the bonds of all except the three lowest responsible bidders. When the Agreement is
e:cecuted the bonds of the remaining unsuccessful bidders will be returned. The bid bond of the
IFB-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
successful bidder will be retained until the payment and performance bond have been executed and
approved, after which it will be returned. A certified check may be used in lieu of a bid bond.
A performance bond and a payment bond, each in the amount of 100 percent
of the contract price, with a corporate surety approved by the Owner, will be required for the faithful
performance of the Contract.
Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds or payment bonds and performance
bonds must file with each bond a certified and effective dated copy of their power of attorney.
The party to whom the contract is awarded will be required to execute the
Agreement and obtain the performance bond and payment bond within ten calendar days from the date
when Notice of Award is delivered to the bidder. The Notice of Award shall be accompanied by the
necessary Agreement and bond forms. In case of failure of the bidder to execute the Agreement, the
Owner may at his option, consider the bidder in default, in which case, the bid bond accompanying the
proposal shall become the property of the Owner.
The Owner within ten days of receipt of acceptable Performance Bond,
Payment Bond and Agreement signed by the party to whom the Agreement was awarded, shall sign the
Agreement and return to such party an executed duplicate of the Agreement Should the Owner not
execute the Agreement within such period, the bidder may, by written notice, withdraw his signed
Agreement Such notice of withdrawal shall be effective upon receipt of the notice by the Owner.
The notice to proceed shall be issued within ten days of the execution of the
Agreement by the Owner. Should there be reasons why the notice to proceed cannot be issued within
such period, the time may be extended by mutual agreement between the Owner and the Contractor. q
the notice to proceed has not been issued within the ten day period or within the period mutually
agreed upon, the Contractor may terminate the Agreement without further liability on the part of
either party.
The Owner may make such investigations as he deems necessary to determine
the ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such
information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request The Owner reserves the right to
reject any bid if the evidence submitted by or investigation of such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that
such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Agreement and complete the work
contemplated therein.
A conditional or qualified bid will not be accepted.
A ward will be made as a whole to one bidder.
All applicable laws, ordinances and rules and regulations of all authorities
having jurisdiction over the construction of the project shall apply to the contract throughout
Each bidder is responsible for inspecting the site and for reading and being
thoroughly familiar with the Contract Documents. The failure or omission of any bidder to do any of
the foregoing shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation in respect to his bid.
The low bidder must supply the names and addresses of major material
suppliers and subcontractors when requested to do so by the Owner.
IFB-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspection trips for prospective bidders will be conducted by lite Owner if
requested in writing by the bidder. Such request shall be directed to the Engineer by the bilder.
The bidder agrees 10 abide by the requirements under Executiv~ Order No.
11246, as amended, including spedfically the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause Set forth in
the Supplemental General Conditions.
The engineer is James G. Swift & Associates! Eckles, Martin & Rule Archilects.
All bidders are encouraged to utilize, to the moximum extent possible, local labor forces and
suppliers of materials which have residences, offices or places of business within August.Richmond
County, Georgia. While Augusta-Richmond County encourages the utilization of localilborers and
supplies on a purely voluntary basis on local public works projects, nothing contained ierein shall
impose any legal or contractual obligation for any bidder to do so.
IFB-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
PROPOSAL FOR
AUGUSTA GOLF COURSE IMPROVEMENTS
(Maintenance Building)
Augusta-Richmond County
Municipal Building
Augusta, Georgia 30911
Gentlemen:
The undersigned as bidder, herein refe"ed to as singular and masculine, declares as follows:
1. The only parties interested in the proposal as principals are named herein;
2 He has carefully examined and fully understands the Contract Documents, including
the drawings and technical specifications;
3. He understands thai information relative to existing structures and underground
utilities as furnished to him on the drawings, Contract Documents or by the
Engineer/Architect, ca"ies no guarantee expressed or implied as to its completeness or
accuracy and he has made due allowances therefor;
4. He has made a personal examination of the site of the proposed work and has satisfied
himself as to the actual conditions and requirements of the work;
5. He agrees to hold the Owner harmless for accidents or damage to property;
6. He will comply with all State and Federal Regulations pertaining to but not limited to
asbestos containing material removal and disposal; Regulations regarding disposal of
all debris; OSHA Requirements.
7. He will complete work in a timely manner.
8. He will maintain the site as reasonably clean as possible by not allowing debris to
accumulate before making trips to his disposal site. Debris must be hauled on a
regular basis to avoid excessive accumulation. Materials soldfor salvage shall not be
retained on site.
9. He will not burn any materials on site without written approvals from proper
authorities.
10.
He will furnish the Owner with a detailed schedule of demolition and removal
including disposal sites, names of all subcontractors, State and local license
information.
and hereby proposes and agrees that, if the Proposal is accepted, he will contract with Augusta-
Richmond County to furnish all machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of construction and to
P-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
do all work and furnish al111fJlJerials called for in accordance with the requirements of the Enfineer
and the true intent of the Contract Documents and that he will take in payment for each item of work,
thereof, the unit or lump sum price applicable to that item as stated in the schedule.
(Note: Bidders must bid on each item)
(BID SCHEDULE OR SCHEDULE OF ITEMS FOR CONSTRUC110N SHOULD BE INSERTED
HERE)
The Contract covering the construction of all work described above will be completed within
Ninety (90) calendar days, for: tINe HUNollED 7ifRtE Tflou S~/lI [) Dollars ($ /0'3, ace .CJ subject to
reductions, additions and deletions provided herein on the basis of measured quantities of completed
work and the prices bid. Bidder further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the sum of $ 300.00 for
each consecutive calendar day thereafter as hereinafter provided in Section 15 of the General
Conditions.
Alternate No.1: Add Open Bay 7;JJeIJ 'J~ l/ifl~€' /lilA/OIlED Dollars ($ ~;g0t>; 06 ) .
It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals or to
accept any proposal as deemed to be to the best interest of the Owner. .
It is also understood that the following addenda as issued during the bid period shall be
included as part of the Contract Documents:
Addendum
Date
ti: /
H:-'),
O<;07'iY
6"3u 7 0/ c:z
The undersigned bidder understands and agrees that should the Owner accept this proposal,
the bidder will within ten (10) days from the date of notification of acceptance of his proposal, execute
the contract and furnish the Owner satisfactory performance and payment bonds in the amount equal
to one hundred percent (100%) of the total base bid sum. Enclosed herewith is a Bid Bond or a
Certified Check in the amount of /eN Ji./DuSAnJD, illrlEE lI-ul'OtiJ:lJollars ($/0. '3tXJ,cc.)) being not less
than ten percent (10%) of the total base bid sum.
Should the bidder fail to execute the Contract and furnish the Performance and Payment
Bonds in case this proposal is accepted, the Owner shall have the right to receive the amount of the bid
security as liquidated damages. /fthe security is a Certified Check, it may be cashed by the Owner and
the amount received shall become the property of the Owner. If the security is a Bid Bond, the value
thereof shall be paid to the Owner by the Surety.
The undersigned by submittal of this proposal, agrees that the above stated amount is proper
measure of liquidated damages which the Owner will sustain by the failure of the undersigned to
execute the Contract and furnish the Performance and Payment Bonds.
The successful bidder shall have a current Business License.
P-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The Owner is an Equal Opportunity Employer.
Name & Georgia License Number of Contractor:
--;r~ c.. ~o!\\...)tr~ hGl\; ~.
Name of Bidder
r:;:~ & 1-ut!:;k;t
Authorized Representative
99 tJ '1
GA Utility Contractor License #
~ll~ K1rV{;-SSu12-1 e.rRu~
Business Address
V)/JIfNEf( f1b~1NS G-,q. 3/0 f 'f
City and State
Date: () <J oJ q '1
.
.
-
P-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCillTECTS
AlA DOCUMENT A3l 0
Bond No: U2703756-02
Bid Bond
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we
J & G Construction Co.
202 Kingsbury Circle
Warner Robins, GA 31088
as Principal, hereinafter call the Principal, and
United Pacific Insurance Company
Three Parkway
Philadelphia, PA 19102
a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Pennsylvania
as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and fIrmly bound unto
Augusta Richmond County Commission
1206 Interstate Pkwy
Augusta, GA 30909
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)
10% of bid amount not to exceed Ten Thousand Three Hundred and no/100
Dollars ($10,300.00),
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for
Build maintenance Building
(Here insert full name, address and description of project)
NOW, THEREFORE, if the obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in
accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specifIed in the bidding or Contract Documents with good
and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the
prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall
pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for
which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be
null and void, otherwise remain in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this 7th day of August, 1998.
I
I
I
2Q.~c7v-~
- Reba R. Gearar 0
(Witness)
J&G Construction Co.
( (Principal)
(
~-a4-4 If~
(Seal)
(Title)
(Witness)
United Pacific Insurance Company
( (Surety)
(
(
(Seal)
(Title;
AlA Document A310 BID BOND AlA FEBRUARY 1970 ED
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
~_.~.~ ...
~::~_? ~ :: ~
;~,_':.. .RELIANCE SURETY COMPANY
~_.;_,/ RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY
~~:/ UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY
~~:'-';' REUANCE NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY
~...
~;..' ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE, PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA
-::~ ~~. ::"
00671'
VALID ONLY IF NUMBER IS IN RED
~tr., '.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
.;:,-'
C.-! KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that RELIANCE SURETY COMPANY is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware,
)r, -', and that RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY and UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, are corporations duly organized under the laws of the
oJ,;;,.' Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and that REUANCE NATIONAL INDEMNIlY COMPANY is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of
:11. . Wisconsin (herein collectively called "the Companiesj and that the Companies by virtue of signature and seals do hereby make, constitute and appoint
:ii . . Mary Kay Harman of Ulbum, Georgia ,
i-S~:/;. . their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on their behalf, and as their act and deed:
.....0..
~-. "01-_
:-,'
....-.
?>~t
Contract Bonds - Maximum Penalty
All Other Bonds - Maximum Penalty
$500,000
. $10,000
.~
.'
.
:.., . and to bind the Companies thereby as full and to the same extent as if such bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof were
_. signed by an Executive Officer of the Companies and sealed and attested by one other of such officers, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that their said
_ Attomey(s)-in-Fact may do in pursuance hereof.
.-
"ANY BOND OR INDEMNITY PROVIDED THAT WRITIEN AUTHORITY FROM AN OFFICER OF THE COMPANIES
SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZING ITS EXECUTION ACCOMPANIES THIS POWER OF ATIORNEY."
I
This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of Article VII of the By-Laws of REUANCE SURETY COMPANY, RELIANCE
INSURANCE COMPANY, UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, and RELIANCE NATIONAL INDEMNIlY COMPANY which provisions are now in full
force and effect, reading as follows:
ARTICLE VII - EXECUTION OF BONDS AND UNDERTAKING
'1 1. The Board of Directors. the President, the Chairman of the Board, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President or Assistant Vice President
. '. or other officer designated by the Board of Directors shall have power and authority to (a) appoint Attorney(s)-in-Fact and to authorize them to execute on
". . behalf of the Company, bonds and undertakings, recognizes, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and (b) to remove
any such Attorney(s)-in-Fact at any time and revoke the power and authority given to them.
.
..:' 2. Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall have power and authority, subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued to them, to execute
:: '. . deliver on behalf of the Company, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. The
~,. 'corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of the b<?nds and undertakings, recognizes, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the
1-... nature thereof.
. . 3. Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall have power and authority to execute affidavits required to be attached to bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity
..' . or other conditional or obligatory undertakings and they shall also have power and authority to certify the financial statement of the Company and to copies of
. the By-Laws of the Company or any article or section thereof.
.
. .: -c This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Executive and Finance Committees
.--. . :'ofthe Boards of Directors of United Pacific Insurance Company and Reliance National Indemnity Company by Unanimous Consents dated as of February 28,
_.... 1994, by the Executive and Rnance Committee of Reliance Insurance Company at a meeting held on March 10. 1994 and by the Executive and Rnance
~ Committee of the Board of Directors of Reliance Surety Company by Unanimous Consent dated as of March 31, 1994.
... ,'- ,
"'. ".
"Resolved that the signatures of such directors and officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or
any certificates relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile
seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such Power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile
seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached."
.'-..
-- .
.'"
. ~ . , .
. . ~.... .
,';..' '.... '.40,' ~ .
.4-..
.:- .~".':.:: : ...- ...
.~.~~.~ .~
::..........:: ::-;
..- -....... '. .;:-.; ...
. r- ... \~ . .....'-::. ~/\..~; .,t.
~~!:.,:..\;t'-:;.:.' -- l-~'..'-:;'''~ ..~-
:..~ _, v 0" '\' ..
";; ~:-<-~,~':eo.~~~~ :'_~'/
. :.: .~'.'~. ::.~.~... ~ ~; ; \ ~,'. : t.\ "\'..
.~
-.,-..'.
~~I tJoJ{ .I. J;J~
-''-'.ww
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7B68685464 SWI~ &. ASSOCIATES
TO:
I
I
I
!
I .
~ ;&"G !COJtst~C:~~~
f01 Kingsbury Ci~~le
~amerRobjDS ~A 31088
246 pel
5EP 02 t S8 14: 04
"~
NOTICE OF""A"WAW>
..
!
i
PROJEfT DESCRIPTION: Augusta Golf Courselmprovements (Ma.ntenan," Building)
I
i
!
irhe Owucr has considered tho BID submitted by you for the above described WORK in
respom\o to it. Adverti.ement for Bid. dated A.ugust 11, 1998, and Information for Bidders,
I
I
!you are hereby notified that your BID h.. been accepted fOt item. in the amount of
Sl05.3bo.
I
I
1 You hloVe agreed in your proposal to execute the Agreement and furnish the required
Conuaptor'S perfonnance Bond and Payment Bon<l within Len (J.Jl) calendar <loys from tile dat.
of this ~otice to you.
I
I
I
i If yOll fall to exeoute said Agreement 80<1 to furnish said Bond. within IS! (.lQ) days
from tl'. date afthis Notice, said OWNER will bo entitled to consider"ll your rights ,arising out
ofthe pWNER'S acceptance of your BID as abandoned and lIS , forfeIture nfYODr Bid Bond.
The q'wNER will be entitled to such other rights os may be granted by law.
j
I
i You are required to return an acknowledged copy of tl1i. NOnCE OF A. W ARD to tho
QWNjER.
! Dated this 2ad day or September, 1998.
!
I
,
BY:
TITLE: Project Engineer
I
: ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE
I
: Receipt ofth. above NOTICE OF AWARD;'" hereby acknowledged 0/1 rhis &
day "of September, 1998.
i
!
J & G CONSTRUCTION
BY:U~ A'. :~
TITLE: ~tpJJt'1t' (<.-ec/ e I-aJJ)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION A
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made this _ day of
. 1998, by and between the
Augusta-Richmond County Commission, hereinafter called "Owner" and J & G Construction Co.,
hereinafter called "Contractor."
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements as
hereinafter mentioned:
1. The Contractor will commence and complete construction of Augusta GolfCourseImprovements
(Maintenance Building), Bid Item #98-160.
2. The Contractor will furnish all material, supplies, tools, equipment, labor and other services
necessary for the construction and completion of the project described herein.
3. The Contractor will commence the work required by the Contract Documents within Ten (10)
calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed and will complete within Sixty (60) calendar
days, unless the period of completion is extended otherwise by the Contract Documents.
4. The Contractor agrees to perform all the work described in the Contract Documents for the lump sum
amount of $1ffj,m.~ ~ .
5. The term "Contract Documents" means and includes the following:
Advertisement for Bids
Information for Bidders
Proposal
Bid Bond
Notice of Award
Agreement
PerformancelPayment Bond
Certificate of Owner's Attorney
Notice to Proceed
Change Order
General Conditions
Supplemental General Conditions
Special Conditions
Technical Specifications
Drawings
Addenda: No.1, dated 7/31/98
Addenda: No.2, dated 8/6/98
6. The Owner will pay to the Contractor in the manner and at such times as set forth in the General
Conditions such amounts as required by the Contract Documents.
,.II.) All_Die, got paid wlloR due a. prO'o'iti.d ill Artiel. 19 of lBe Goo.,"l CooditioD6 .h.n h.... OOeroo'
~ \: (It tht' rate of 1 0% per mQath. No interest shall be paid on the retainage.
8. This Agreement shall be binding upon all parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.
A-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused to be executed by
their duly authorized officials, this Agreement in ..L (number of copies) each of which shall be deemed
an original on the date first above written.
1 . ; . "
B :
A-RICHMOND COUNTY
ThIs lIoculMnlllIP~ad At
w~~r;!t
ale
-..C
.......-:
NAME:
(Type or Prin
TITLE: --n( &-eJ Of '
j
CONTRACTOR:
J& G' CONSTRUCTJON COM~~NY
tjJ.
BY: atv.4 ,;{. ~'- (SEAL)
NAME: WAtVDA r<. l?:> I.SHoP
(Type or Print)
R~': W C,-N6SS
L()~,,-, S UIvUt~
TITLE: 0 W r-J 6R.
NAME: VAN\aA :5. HAR-MAN
TITLE:
.
.
1t
All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the
Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to the
Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be decided in the
Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. The Contractor,
by executing this Agreement, specifically consents to venue in
Richmond County and waives any right to contest the venue in
the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia.
-
.
-
#q'.
~
This Agreement is intended by the Parties to, and does,
supersede any and all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act,
O.C.G.A. Section 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provision
of this Agreement is inconsistent with any provision of the
Prompt Pay Act, the provision of this Agreement shall control.
A-2
;0 ,-
UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY
Home Office: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
RID.ER
To be attached to and form a part of
Type of Bond: Performance and Payment Bond
Bond Number: U2703766
Executed by: J & G Construction Company, as Principal,
and by: United Pacific Insurance Company, as Surety,
in favor of: Augusta-Riclunond County Commission
and dated: September 11, 1998
In consideration of the premium charged for the attached bond, it is hereby agreed to change:
The Amount of the Performance & Payment Bond
From:
One Hundred Three Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($103,000.00)
One Hundred Five Thousand Three Hundred and no/l 00 Dollars ($105,300.00)
To:
The attached bond shall be subject to all its agreements, limitations and conditions except as herein express ley
modified.
This rider is effective: October 12, 1998
Signed and Sealed:
October 13, 1998
Principal:
J & ~truction Comp:",y
By: 6. .{, Y-y
Surety:
United Pacific Insurance Company
By:a~-4~9iJ-
Robert G. Hrehor, Attorney-in-Fact
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-.,.
~ .
i
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
PREMIUM BASED ON
FINAL CONTRACT
AMOUNT
Bond No: U2703766
AlA DOCUMENT A3ll
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)
J & G Construction Company
202 Kingsbury Circle
Warner Robins, GA 31088
as Principal, hereinafter call Contractor, and, (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)
United Pacific Insurance Company
Three Parkway
Philadelphia, PA 19102
as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and fIrmly bound unto (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)
Augusta-Richmond County Commission
1206 Interstate Pkwy
Augusta, GA 30909
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of One Hundred Three Thousand and no/100
Dollars ($103,000.00),
for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, fIrmly by these presents.
WHEREAS,
Contractor has by written agreement dated 19 , entered into a contract with Owner for
(Here insert full name, address and description of project) Augusta Golf Course Improvements(Maintenance Building)
in accordance with Drawings and SpecifIcations prepared by
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect)
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
AlA Document A311 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND AlA
FEBRUARY 1970 ED THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
1
I
I
PERFORMANCE BOND
I
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBUGA TION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perfonn said
Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
I
The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of
time made by the Owner.
I
Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to be in
default under the Contract, The Owner having perfonned Owner's
obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default,
or shall promptly
I
I) Complete the Contract m accordance with its tenns and
conditions, or
I
2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance
with its tenus and conditions, and upon detennination by surety of
the lowest responsible bidder, or, if the Owner elects, upon
detennination by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest
responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and
Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even though there
should be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or
contracts of
I
I
I
I
I Signed and sealed this 11 th day of September 1998
I
I
\.p/..J'U.L~ S ,-'JJLlUtULl J
(Witness)
I
I
I,~h~~~
Reba R Gearardo
(Witness)
I
completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay
the cost of completion less the balance of the contract price; but not
exceeding, including <;>ther costs, and damages for which the Surety
may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the frrst paragraph
hereof. The tenn "balance of the contract price," as used in this
paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to
Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the
amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor.
Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration
of two (2) years from the date on which final payment under the
Contract falls due.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of
any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the
heirs, executors, administrators or successors of the Owner.
J&G Construction Company
( (Principal)
(
~14kk ;( ~
(Title)
(Seal)
United Pacific Insurance Company
( (Surety) (Seal)
(
~~~~
Robert G. Hrehor, Attorney-in-Fact (Title)
2
AlA Document A311 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MA TERlAL PAYMENT BOND AlA
FEBRUARY 1970 ED THE AMERlCAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
PREMIUM BASED ON
EWAL CONTRACT
AMOUNT
Bond No: U2703766
AlA DOCUMENT A3ii
Labor and Material Payment Bond
THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PERFORMANCE BOND IN FAVOR OF THE
OWNER CONDITIONED ON THE FULL AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)
J & G Construction Company
202 Kingsbury Circle
Warner Robins, GA 31088
as Principal, hereinafter call Principal, and, (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)
United Pacific Insurance Company
Three Parkway
Philadelphia, PA 19102
as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)
Augusta-Richmond County Commission
1206 Interstate Pkwy
Augusta, GA 30909
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as herinbelow defined, in the
amount of (Here insert a sum equal to at least one-half of the contract price) One Hundred Three Thousand and no/100
Dollars ($103,000.00),
for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS,
Contractor has by written agreement dated 19 , entered into a contract with Owner for
(Here insert full name, address and description of project) Augusta Golf Course Improvements(Maintenance Building)
in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect)
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
AlA Document A311 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND AlA
FEBRUARY 1970 ED THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
3
I
I
LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
I
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as
hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonable required for use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be
void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:
I
I. A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the
Principal or with a Subcontractor of the Principal for labor, material,
or both, used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the
Contract, labor and material being construed to include that part of
water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental
of equipment directly applicable to the Contract.
I
I
2. The above named Principal and Surety hereby jointly and
severally agree with the Owner that every claimant as herein defined,
who has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of
ninety (90) days after the date on which the last of such claimant's
work or labor was done or performed, or materials were furnished by
such claimant, may sue on this bond for the use of such claimant,
prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be
justly due claimant, and have execution thereon. The Owner shall not
be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit.
I
I
I
3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant:
I
a) Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the
Principal, shall have given written notice to any two of the following:
the Principal, the Owner, or the Surety above named, within ninety
(90) day after such claimant did or performed the last of the work or
labor, or furnished the last of the materials for which said claim is
made, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the
name of the party to whom the materials were furnished, or for whom
I
I
Signed and sealed this 11 th day of September
I
I
~j~
(Witness)
I
I
Mafl'-:4~~Jo
Reba R. Gearardo
(Witness)
I
the work or labor was done or performed. Such notice shall be served
by mailing the s~e by registered mail or certified mail, postage
prepaid, in an envelope addressed to the Principal, Owner or Surety, at
any place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of
business, or served in any manner in which legal process may be
served in the state in which the aforesaid project is located, save that
such service need not be made by a public officer.
b) After the expiration of one (I) year following the date on which
Principal ceased Work on said Contract, it being understood, however,
that if any limitation embodied in this bond is prohibited by any law
controlling the construction hereof such limitation shall be deemed to
be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation
permitted by such law.
c) Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for the
county or other political subdivision of the state in which the Project,
or any part thereof, is situated, or in the United States District Court
for the district in which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, and
not elsewhere.
4. The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of
any payment of payments made in good faith hereunder, inclusive of
the payment by Surety of mechanics' liens which may be filed of
record against said improvement, whether or not claim for the amount
of such lien be presented under or against this bond.
1998
J & G Construction Company
( (Principal)
(
( -k '
(~ ~,r A_~
(Seal)
United Pacific Insurance Company
( ~~~
(
~~~
Robert G. Hrehor, Attorney-in-Fact
~Stal )
{Title)
4
AlA Document A311 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND AlA
FEBRUARY 1970 ED THE AMERJCAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
I
I
oRELlAIQCE SURETY COMPANY
RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY
UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY
RELIANCE NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY
00441
VAUD ONLY IF NUMBER IS IN RED
I
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE, PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA
POWER OF ATTORNEY
I
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that RELIANCE SURETY COMPANY Is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware,
and that RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY and UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, are corporations duly organized under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and that RELIANCE NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY Is e corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of
WIsconsin (herein collectively called "the Companles1 and that the Companies by virtue of signature and seals do hereby make, constitute and appoint
Robert G, Hrehor 01 Ulbum, Georgia
tholr true and lawful Attomey(s)-ln-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on their behalf, and as their act and deed:
I
Contract Bonds - Maximum Penalty
All Other Bonds . Maximum Panalty
$750,000
$10,000
I
"ANY BOND OR INDEMNITY PROVIDED THAT WRITTEN AUTHORITY FROM AN OFFICER OF THE COMPANIES
SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZING ITS EXECUTION ACCOMPANIES THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY,'
and to bind the Companies thereby as full and to the same extent as n such bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory In the nature thereof were
signed by an executive OffIcer of the Companies and sealed and attested by one other of such officers, and hereby ratifies and confirms ell that their said
Attorney(s)-In-Fact may do In pUrsuance hereof,
I
this Power of Attorney Is granted under and by the authortty of Article VII of the By-Laws of RELIANCE SURETY COMPANY, REUANCE
INSURANCE COMPANY, UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, and RELIANCE NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY which provisions are now In full
force and effect, reading as follows:
ARTICLE VII - EXECUTION OF BONDS AND UNDERTAKING
I
1. The Board of Directors, the President, the Chairman of the Board, any Senior VIce President, any VIce President or Assistant VIce President
or other officer designated by the Board of Directors shall have power and authority to (a) appolin Attorney(s)-In-Fact and to authorize them to execute on
behan of the Company, bonds and undertakings, recognizes, contracts of Indemnity and other writings obligatory In the nature thereof, and (b) to remove
any such Attomey(s)-ln-Fact at any time and revoke the power and authority given to them.
I
2. Attorney(s)-In-Fact shall have power and authority, subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney Issued to them, to execute
deliver on behalf of the Company, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of Indemnity and other writings obligatory In tho nature thereof. The
corporate seal Is not necessary for the validity of the bonds and undertakings, recognizes, contracts of Indemnity and other writings obligatory In the
nature thereof.
I
3. Attomey(s)-In-Fact shan have power and authority to execute affidavlts required to be attached to bonds, recognizances, contracts of Indemnity
or other conditional or obligatory undertaklngs and they shall also have power and aythorfty to certify the financial statement of the Company and to copies 01
the By-Laws of the Company or any ertlcJe or section thereof.
I
this Power of Attorney Is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority 01 the following resolutions acIop1ed by tho executive and Rnance Committees
of the Boards of Directors 01 Unlled PaciIic Insurance Company and Reliance National InclerMlty Company by Unanimous Consents dated as of February 28,
1994, by tho executive and Anance Committee 01 Reliance Insurance Company at a meeting held on MllICh 10, 1994 and by the executive and Rnance
Committee of the Board of DIrectors 01 Reliance Surety Company by Unanimous Consent dated as of March 31, 1994.
I
"Resolved that tha signatures of such directors and olllcers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or
any certificates relating thereto by lacslmne, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facslmUe signatures or facsimile
seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such Power so executed and certIIIed by IacslmUe signatures and facsimile
seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, In the future wlth respect to any bond or undertaking to which II Is attached.'
I
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused lhese presents to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto alllxed, this 3rd day 01 October,
1998.
!!!!!
-
RELIANCE SURETY COMPANY
RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY
UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY
RELIANCE NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY
=
{)~7~
.
STATE OF Pennsylvania
COUNTY Of Philadelphia ss.
On this, the 3rd day 01 October, 1998, before me, Valencia Wortham, appeared David T. AkBnl, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior VIce President
01 Reliance Surety Company, and the VIce President of Reliance Insurance Company, Unlled Pacific Insurance Company and Reliance National Indemnity
Company, and that as such, being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing Instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the
corporation by himself as Its duly authorized officer.
In witness whereol, I have hereunto set my hand and olllcial seal.
NOTARIAL SEAL
VALENCIA WORTHAM, Notary Public
City of Philadelphia, Phlla. County
My Commlsslon expires Nov. 18, 1996
(" o1nm~~OJrf'-)
Notary Public In and for State 01 Pennsylvania
Residing at Philadelphia
I, Anita Zlppert, Secretary of REUANCE SURElY COMPANY, RELIANCE INSURANCE COMPANY, UNITED PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, and
RELIANCE NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY do hereby cartlfy that tha above and foregoing I~ a \ny.I and correct copy of a Power 01 Attorney executed by
said Companies, which Is stili In fulllorce and effect. ..' :: ~',., .' .: _ '.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have horeunto set my hand end affixed the seals of ~ Co~pa~les tti~_~ l,~y t
(I ". =
Secretary
September
19.2.!L.
..s:::;;.;'\
~ "S~l.":
~ ',.,. :
..,.......
~~
'OilS POWER OF ATTORNEY EFFECTIVE ONl.Y IF ATTACHED TO BOND NO. U2 7 0 3 766
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
CERTIFICATE OF OWNER'S ATTORNEY
I, the undersigned
. the authorized and acting
legal representative of Augusta-Richmond County Commission do hereby certify as follows:
I have examined the attached contract(s) and surety bonds and the manner of
execution thereof, and I am of the opinion that each of the aforesaid agreements has been duly
executed by the proper parties thereto acting through their duly authorized representatives; that said
representatives have full power and authority to execute said agreements on behalf of the respective
parties named thereon; and that the foregoing agreements constitute valid and legally binding
obligations upon the parties executing the same in accordance with the terms, conditions and
provisions thereof.
DATE:
COA-l
U~/~~/~~~O ~..~y J~~~~~~w-.
! '7068685464 SW I FT & ASSOC I ATES
276 P02 SEP 14 '98 08:57
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~~TnNN'P
~
NOTICE TO PROCEED
TO: J & G Construc:uon
202 Kingsbury Circle
Warner Robins GA 31088
DATE: September 14. 1998
PROJECT: Augusta Golf Course Improvemenu (MaintenaDce Buildin&)
Yau arc hereby notified to commence work within I;n (W calendar days following this
datI:, the date first written abov~ and you are to complete the work within Ninetv ~
consecutive calendar days after the date of this notice. The date set for completion of all work is
therefore December 13. 1998.
i
,
ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged and the
same is h~reby accepted on this ;.s:.. day of Soptsmber, J 998.
J &: G CONSTRUCTION
BY: -z;~~ d ~
TaLE: ")01(" 10 'JJ I ,da](J/p,I(.
1./
I
I GENERAL CONDITIONS
I Index to Articles of General Conditions
Section Pages
I
GC-O 1. DefInitions 1-2
I Gc-02. Additional Instruction and Detail Drawings 3
Gc-03. Schedules, Reports and Records 3
Gc-04. Drawings and Specifications 3-4
I GC-05. Shop Drawings 4
Gc-06. Materials, Services and Facilities 4-5
Gc-07. Inspection and Testing 5-6
I GC-08. Substitutions 6
GC-09. Patents 6
GC-I0. Surveys, Permits and Regulations 6-7
I GC-ll. Protection of Work, Property and Person 7
GC-12. Supervision by Contractor 7
Gc-13 . Changes in the Work 8
I GC-14. Changes in Contract Price 8
GC-15. Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages 8-9
GC-16. Correction of Work 9
I Gc-l 7. Subsurface Conditions 9-10
Gc-18. Suspension of Work, Termination and Delay 10-11
I GC-19. Payments to Contractor 11-12
GC-20. Acceptance of Final Payment as Release 12
GC-21. Insurance 13-14
. GC-22. Contract Security 14
- GC-23. Assignments 15
GC-24. Indemnification 15
GC-25. Separate Contracts 15-16
. GC-26. Subcontracting 16
GC-27. Engineer's Authority 16
GC-28. Land and Rights-of-Way 17
GC-29. Guarantee 17
Gc-30. Taxes 17
GC-31. Work Adjacent to Railway or Other Property 17
Gc-32. Order and Discipline 17-18
Gc-33. Waming Devices and Signs 18
GC-34. Special Restrictions 18
GC-35. As-Built Drawings 18
GC-36. Contractor Not to Hire Employees of the Owner 18
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GC-O 1.
DEFINITIONS:
1.1
Wherever used in the Contract Documents, the following terms shall have the
meanings indicated which shall be applicable to both the singular and plm:al thereof.
1.2 ADDENDA: Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the execution of the
Agreement which modify or interpret the Contract Documents, Drawings and Specifications, by
addition, deletion, clarifications or corrections.
1.3 BID: The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting
forth the prices for the work to be performed.
1.4
BIDDER: Any person, firm or corporation submitting a bid for the work.
1.5 BONDS: Bid, Performance and Payment Bonds and other instruments of security
furnished by the Contractor and his Surety in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.6 CHANGE ORDER: A written order to the Contractor authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the work within the general scope of the Contract Documents or authorizing
an adjustment in the contract price or contract time.
1.7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The contract including Advertisement for Bids,
Information for Bidders, Bid, Bid Bond, Agreement, Payment Bond, Performance Bond, Notice of
Award, Notice to Proceed, Change Order, Drawings, Specifications and Addenda.
1.8 CONTRACT PRICE: The total monies payable to the Contractor under the terms
and conditions of the Contract Documents.
1.9 CONTRACT TIME: The number of calendar days stated in the Contract Documents
for the completion of the work.
1.9.1 LIFE OF THE CONTRACT: The total duration of the contract from Notice to
Proceed to completion of all the work.
.
1.10 CONTRACTOR: The person, firm or corporation with whom the Owner has
executed the Agreement.
-
-
1.11 DRAWINGS: The part of the contract Documents which show the characteristics
and scope of the work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by the Engineer.
1.12 ENGINEER: The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Contract
Documents.
1.13 FIELD ORDER: A written order effecting a change in the work not involving an
adjustment in the contract price or an extension of the contract time issued by the Engineer to the
Contractor during construction.
GC-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.14 NOTICE OF AWARD: The written notice of the acceptance of the Bid from the
Owner to the successful Bidder.
1.15 NOTICE TO PROCEED: Written communication issued by the Owner to the
Contractor authorizing him to proceed with the work and establishing the date of commencement
of the work.
1.16 OWNER: A public or quasi-public body or authority, corporation, association,
partnership or individual for whom the work is to be performed.
1.17 PROJECT: The undertaking to be performed as provided in the Contract Documents.
1.18 RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE: The authorized representative of the
Owner who is assigned to the project site or any part thereof.
1.19 SHOP DRA WINGS: All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules and
other data which are prepared by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, Manufacturer, Supplier or
Distributor, which illustrate how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated or installed.
1.20 SPECIFICATIONS: A part of the contract Documents consisting of written
descriptions of a technical nature of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and
workmanship.
1.21 SUBCONTRACTOR: An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract
with the Contractor or any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the work at the site.
.
1.22 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: That date as certified by the Engineer when the
construction of the proj ect or a specified part can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended.
-
1.23 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: Modifications and/or additions to
the General Conditions of a specific nature generally aimed at the specific contract of which it is a
part.
-
1.24 SUPPLIERS: Any person, supplier or organization who supplies materials or
equipment for the work, including that fabricated to a special design, but who does not perform labor
at the site.
1.25 WORK: All labor necessary to produce the construction required by the Contract
Documents and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in the project.
1.26 WRITTEN NOTICE: Any notice to any party of the Agreement relative to any part
of this Agreement in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed, when
posted by certified or registered mail to the said party at his last given address or delivered in person
to said party or his authorized representative on the work.
GC-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GC-02.
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAIL DRAWINGS:
2.1 The Contractor may be furnished additional instructions and detail drawings, by the
Engineer, as necessary to carry out the work required by the Contract Documents.
2.2 The additional drawings and instruction thus supplied will become a part of the
Contract Documents. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the additional
detail drawings and instructions.
GC-03.
SCHEDULES, REPORTS AND RECORDS:
3.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedule of quantities and costs,
progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and other data s the Owner may request
concerning work performed or to be performed.
3.2 Prior to the fIrst partial payments estimate, the Contractor shall submit schedules
showing the order in which he proposes to carry on the work, including dates at which he will start
the various parts of the work, estimated date of completion of each part and as applicable:
3.2.1 the dates at which special detail drawings will be required; and
3.2.2 respective dates for submission of shop drawings, the beginning of manufacture, the
testing and the installation of materials, supplies and equipment.
3.3 The Contractor shall also submit a schedule of payments that he anticipates he will
earn during the course of the work.
GC-04.
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS:
4.1 The intent of the drawings and specifications is that the Contractor shall furnish all
labor, materials, tools, equipment and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the work
in accordance with the Contract Documents and all incidental work necessary to complete the proj ect
in an acceptable manner, ready for use, occupancy or operation by the Owner.
4.2 In case of conflict between the drawings and specifIcations, the specifications shall
govern. Figure dimensions on drawings shall govern over general drawings.
4.3 Any discrepancies found between the drawings and specifIcations and site conditions
or any inconsistencies or ambiguities in the drawings or specifIcations shall be immediately reported
to the Engineer, in writing, who shall promptly correct such inconsistencies or ambiguities in
writing. Work done by the Contractor after his discovery of such discrepancies, inconsistencies or
ambiguities shall be done at the Contractor's risk.
4.4 All work that may be called for in the specifIcations and not shown on the drawings,
or shown and not called for in the specifications, shall be executed and furnished by the Contractor
as if described in both these ways and should any work or material be required which is not detailed
GC-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
in the specifications or drawings, either directly or indirectly, but which is nevertheless necessary
for the proper carrying out of the intent thereof, the Contractor is to understand the same to be
implied and required and shall perform all such work and furnish any such material as fully as if they
were particularly delineated or described.
4.5 It is understood and agreed that the Contractor, by careful examination, has satisfied
himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character,
quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities
needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and
all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or
conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution
of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations therein contained.
GC-05.
SHOP DRAWINGS:
5.1 The Contractor shall provide shop drawings as may be necessary for the prosecution
of the work as required by the Contract Documents. The engineer shall promptly review all shop
drawings. The Engineer's approval of any shop drawings shall not release the Contractor from
responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents. The approval of any shop drawings
which substantially deviates from the requirement of the Contract Documents shall be evidenced by
a Change Order.
.
5.2 When submitted for the Engineer's review, shop drawings shall bear the Contractor's
certification that he has reviewed, checked and approved the shop drawings and that they are in
conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
5.3 Portions of the work that require a shop drawing or sample submission shall not begin
until the shop drawing or submission has been approved by the Engineer. A copy of each approved
shop drawing and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by the Contractor at the site and
shall be available to the Engineer.
GC-06.
MATERIALS, SERVICES AND FACILITIES:
6.1 It is understood that, except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipments, water,
light, power, transportation, supervision, temporary construction of any nature and all other services
and facilities of any nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete and deliver the work within
the specified time.
6.2 Materials and equipment shall be so stored as to insure the preservation of their
quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work shall
be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection.
6.3 Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected,
erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer.
GC-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6.4 Materials, supplies or equipment to be incorporated into the work and purchased by
the Contractor or the Subcontractor will be subject to a chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale
contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
GC-07.
INSPECTION AND TESTING:
7.1 All materials and equipment used in the construction of the project shall be subject
to adequate inspection and testing in accordance with generally accepted standards.
7.2 The Contractor shall provide, at his expense, the necessary testing and inspection
services required by the Contract Documents, unless otherwise provided.
7.3 The Owner shall provide all other inspection and testing services required by the
Contract Documents.
7.4 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any
authority having jurisdiction require any work to specifically be inspected, tested or approved by
someone other than the Contractor, the Contractor will give the Engineer timely notice or readiness.
The Contractor will then furnish the Engineer the required certificates of inspection, testing or
approval.
7.5 Neither observation by the Engineer nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons
other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from his obligations to perform the work in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
7.6 The Engineer and his representatives will at all times have access to the work. In
addition, authorized representatives and agents of any participating Federal or State Agency shall be
permitted to inspect all work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, invoices of materials and
other relevant data and records. The Contractor will provide proper facilities for such access and
observation of the work and also for any inspection or testing thereof.
-
7.7 If any work is covered contrary to the written request of the Engineer, it must, if
requested by the Engineer, be uncovered for his observation and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
7.8 If any work has been covered which the Engineer has not specifically requested to
observe prior to its being covered or if the Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered
work be inspected or tested by others, the Contractor at the Engineer's request, will uncover, expose
or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as the Engineer may require, that
portion of the work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, materials, tools and equipment. If
it is found that such work is defective, the Contractor will bear all the expenses of such uncovering,
exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such
work is not found to be defective, the Contractor will be allowed an increase in the contract price or
an extension of the contract time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure,
observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction and an appropriate change order shall be issued.
GC-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7.9 The Contractor shall give the Engineer 24 hours notice of starting any new work. No
work shall be done or materials used without suitable supervision and inspection by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with necessary samples of material for testing purposes.
GC-08.
SUBSTITUTIONS:
8.1 When a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the drawings or
specifications by reference to brand name or catalogue number, the performance or other salient
requirements and that other products of equal capacities, quality and function shall be considered.
The Contractor may recommend the substitution of a material, article or piece of equipment of equal
substance and function for those referred to in the Contract Documents by reference to brand name
or catalogue number and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such material, article or piece of
equipment is of equal substance and function to that specified, the Engineer may approve its
substitution and use by the Contractor. Any cost differential shall be deducted from the contract
price and the contract Documents shall be appropriately modified by change order. The Contractor
warrants that if substitutes are approved, no major changes in the function or general design of the
project will result. Incidental changes or extra component parts required to accommodate the
substitute will be made by the Contractor without a change in the contract price or contract time.
GC-09.
PATENTS:
9.1 The Contractor shall pay all applicable royalties and license fees. He shall defend all
suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and save the Owner hannless from loss on
account thereof except that the Owner shall be responsible for any such loss when a particular
process, design or the product of a manufacturer or manufacturers is specified, but if the Contractor
has reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, he
shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to the Engineer.
GC-IO.
SURVEYS, PERMITS AND REGULATIONS:
10.1 The Owner shall furnish all land surveys and establish all base lines for locating the
principal component parts of the work together with a suitable number of bench marks adjacent to
the work as shown in the Contract Documents. From the information provided by the Owner, unless
otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall develop and make all detail
surveys needed for construction such as slope stakes, batter boards, stakes for pile locations and
other working points, lines, elevations and cut sheets.
10.2 The Contractor shall carefully preserve bench marks, reference points and stakes and
in case of willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged with the resulting expense and shall be
responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss of disturbance.
10.3 Permits and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the work
shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits, licenses and easements for permanent
structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the Owner,
unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the
GC-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify
the Engineer in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in Section 13,
Changes in the Work.
GC-ll.
PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSON:
11.1 The Contractor will be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all
safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. He will take all necessary precautions
for the safety of and will provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to all
employees on the work and others persons who may be affected thereby, all the work and all
materials or equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site or other
property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways,
structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of
construction.
11.2 The Contractor will comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations
and order of any public body having jurisdiction. He will erect and maintain, as required by the
conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for safety and protection. He will
notify owners of adjacent utilities when prosecution of the work may affect them. The Contractor
will remedy all damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in
part, by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them
or anyone for whose acts any of them are liable, except damage or loss attributable to the fault of the
Contract Documents or to the acts or omissions of the Owner or the Engineer or anyone employed
by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable and not attributable, directly
or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault of negligence of the Contractor.
11.3 In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, the Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from the Engineer or
Owner, shall act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. He will give the Engineer prompt
written notice of any significant changes in the work or deviations from the Contract Documents
caused thereby and a Change Order shall be issued covering the changes and deviations involved.
11.4 The work under this Contract in ever respect shall be at the risk of the Contractor until
finished and accepted, except to damage or injury caused directly by the Owner's agents or employ-
ees.
GC-12.
SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR:
.
12.1 The Contractor will supervise and direct the work. He will be solely responsible for
the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The Contractor will
employ and maintain on the work a qualified supervisor or superintendent who shall have been
designated in writing by the Contractor as the Contractor's representative at the site. The supervisor
shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor and all communications given to the
supervisor shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. The supervisor shall be present on the
site at all times as required to perform adequate supervision and coordination of the work.
GC-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GC-13.
CHANGES IN THE WORK:
13.1 The Owner may at any time as the need arises, order changes within the scope of the
work without invalidating the Agreement. If such changes increase or decrease the amount due
under the Contract Documents or in the time required for performance of the work, and equitable
adjustment shall be authorized by Change Order.
13.2 The Engineer, also, may at any time, by issuing a field order, make changes in the
details of the work. The Contractor shall proceed with the performance of any changes in the work
so ordered by the Engineer unless the contractor believes that such field order entitles him to a
change in the contract price or time or both, in which event he shall give the Engineer written notice
thereof within ten (10) days after the receipt of the ordered change and the Contractor shall not
execute such changes pending the receipt of an executed change order or further instruction from the
Owner.
GC-14.
CHANGES IN CONTRACT PRICE:
14.1 The contract price may be changed only by a change order. The value of any work
covered by a change order or of any claim for increase or decrease in the contract price shall be
determined by one or more of the following methods in the order of precedence listed below:
(a) Unit prices previously approved.
(b) An agreed lump sum.
(c) The actual cost for labor, direct overhead, materials, supplies, equipment and other
services necessary to complete the work. In addition there shall be added an amount
to be agreed upon but no to exceed fifteen (15) percent of the actual cost of the work
to cover the cost of general overhead and profit.
GC-15.
TIME FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:
15.1 The date of beginning and the time for completion of the work are essential
conditions of the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on the date
specified in the Notice to Proceed.
15.2 The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to insure full
completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the
Contractor and the Owner, that the contract time for completion of the work described herein is a
reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic and economic conditions and other
factors prevailing in the locality of the work.
15.3 If the Contractor shall fail to complete the work within the contract time or extension
of time granted by the Owner, then the Contractor will pay to the Owner the amount for liquidated
damages as specified in the bid for each calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the
time stipulated in the Contract Documents.
GC-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
15.4 The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when
the delay in completion of the work is due to the following and the Contractor has promptly given
written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer.
15.4.1
To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Owner.
15.4.2 To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the
Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner,
acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fIres, floods, epidemics,
quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and abnormal and unforeseeable weather; and
15.4.3 To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specifIed in
Paragraphs 15.4.1 and 15.4.2 of this Article.
GC-16.
CORRECTION OF WORK:
16.1 The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all work rejected by the
Engineer for failure to comply with the Contract Documents, whether incorporated in the
construction or not and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute the work in accordance
with the Contract Documents and without expense to the Owner and shall bear the expense of
making good all work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement.
16.2 All removal and replacement work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. if the
Contractor does not take action to remove such rejected work within ten (10) days after receipt of
written notice, the Owner may remove such work and store the materials at the expense of the
Contractor.
16.3 Any omissions or failure on the part of the Engineer to disapprove or reject any work
or material shall not be construed to be an acceptance of any defective work or material. The
Contractor shall remove, at his own expense and shall rebuild and replace same without extra change
and in default thereof the same may be done by the Owner at the Contractor's expense or in case the
Engineer shall not consider the defect of sufficient importance to require the contractor to rebuild
or replace any imperfect work or material, he shall have power and is hereby authorized to make an
equitable deduction from the stipulated price.
GC-17.
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS:
17.1 The Contractor shall promptly and before such conditions are disturbed, except in the
event of an emergency, notify the Owner by written notice of:
17.1.1 Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those
indicated in the Contract Documents.
17.1.2 Unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially
from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character
provided for in the Contract Documents.
GC-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
17.2 The Owner shall promptly investigate the conditions and if he fmds that such
conditions do so materially differ an cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or in the time
required, for performance of the work, an equitable adjustment shall be made and the Contract
Documents shall be modified by a Change Order. Any claim of the Contractor for adjustment
hereunder shall not be allowed unless he has given the required written notice; provided that the
Owner may, ifhe determines the facts so justify, consider and adjust any such claims asserted before
the date of fmal payment.
GC-18.
SUSPENSION OF WORK, TERMINATION AND DELAY:
18.1 The Owner may, at any time and without cause, suspend the work or any portion
thereof for a period of not more than ninety days or such further time as agreed upon by the
Contractor, by written notice to the Contractor. The Engmeer shall fix the date on which work shall
be resumed. The Contractor will resume that work on the date so fixed. The Contractor will be
allowed an increase in the contract price or an extension of the contract time, or both, directly
attributable to any suspension.
18.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or if he makes a general
assignment for the benefit of his creditors; or if a trustee or receiver is appointed for the Contractor
or for any of his property; or ifhe files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act to reorganize
under the bankruptcy or applicable laws; or if he repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled
workmen or suitable materials or equipment; or ifhe repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to
Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; or if he disregards laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations or orders of any public body having jurisdiction of the work; or if he disregards the
authority of the Engineer; or if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor fails to make
satisfactory progress in prosecuting the work; or if he otherwise violates any provision of the
Contract Docwnents, then the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after
giving the Contractor and his Surety a minimum often (10) days from delivery ofa written notice,
terminate the services of the Contractor and take possession of the Project and of all materials,
equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and finish
the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such case, the Contractor shall not be
entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the
Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing the Project, including
compensation for additional professional services, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If
such costs exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor will pay the difference to the Owner. Such
costs incurred by the Owner will be determined by the Engineer and incorporated in a Change Order.
18.2.2 The Contractor must obtain permission from the Engineer before any equipment can
be removed from the job site. In the event such equipment is removed without the Engineer's
approval, the job will be terminated until such time as the equipment is returned to the project and
any time and money lost by the Contractor as a result of moving the equipment shall be absorbed by
the Contractor.
18.3 Where the Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, said
termination shall not affect any right of the Owner against the Contractor then existing or which may
GC-lO
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of monies by the Owner due the Contractor will not
release the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents.
18.4 After ten (10) days from delivery of a written notice to the Contractor and the
Engineer, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect
to abandon the Project and terminate the Contract. In such case, the Contractor shall be paid for all
work executed and any expense sustained plus reasonable profit.
18.5 If, through no act or fault of the Contractor, the work is suspended for a period of
more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the
Engineer fails to act on any request for payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the
Owner fails to pay the Contractor substantially the sum approved by the Engineer within thirty (30)
days of its approval and presentation, then the contractor may after ten (10) days from delivery of
a written notice to the Owner and the Engineer, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner
payment for all work executed and all expenses sustained. In addition, and in lieu ofterminating the
Contract, if the Engineer has failed to act on a request for payment, or if the Owner has failed to
make any payment as aforesaid, the Contractor may, upon ten (10) days notice to the Owner and the
Engineer, stop the work until he has been paid all amounts then due, in which event and upon
resumption of the work, Change Orders shall be issued for adjusting the contract price or extending
the contract time or both to compensate for the costs and delays attributable to the stoppage of the
work.
18.6 If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended, delayed, or
interrupted as a result of a failure of the Owner or the Engineer to act within the time specified in
the Contract Documents, or if no time is specified, within reasonable time, an adjustment in the
contract price or an extension of the contract time, or both, shall be made by Change Order to
compensate the Contractor for the costs and delays necessarily caused by the failure of the Owner
or Engineer.
GC-19.
PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR:
19.1 Between the first (1st) and fifth (5th) of each month, the Contractor will submit to
the Engineer a partial payment estimate filled out and signed by the Contractor on an approved form
covering the work performed during the period covered by the partial payment estimate and
supported by such data as the Engineer may reasonably require. This estimate shall include only
quantities in place and at the unit prices set forth in the bid schedule. The Engineer will, within ten
days after receipt of each partial payment estimate, either indicate in writing his approval of payment
and present the partial payment estimate to the Owner, or return the partial payment estimate to the
Contractor indicating in writing his reasons for refusing to approve payment. In the latter case, the
Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the partial payment estimate. The
Owner will, within ten days of presentation to him of an approved partial payment estimate, pay the
Contractor a progress payment on the basis of the approved partial payment estimate. The Owner
shall retain ten percent (10%) of the amount of each payment until final completion and acceptance
of all work covered by the Contract Documents. The Owner at any time, however, after fifty percent
(50%) of the work has been completed, ifhe finds that satisfactory progress is being made, shall
reduce retainage to five percent (5%) on the current and remaining estimates. On completion and
GC-ll
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
acceptance of a part of the work on which the price is stated separately in the Contract Documents,
payment may be made in full, including retained percentages, less authorized deductions.
19.2 The request for payment may also include an allowance for the cost of such major
materials and equipment which are suitably stored either at or near the site.
19.3 All work covered by partial payment shall thereupon become the sole property of the
Owner, but this provision shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of the sole responsibility
for the care and protection of the work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of
any damaged work, or as a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all terms of
the Contract Documents.
19.4 Upon completion and acceptance of the work, the Engineer shall issue a certificate
attached to the final payment request that the work has been accepted by him under the conditions
of the Contract Documents. The entire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the
retained percentages, but except such sums as may be lawfully retained by the Owner or the Owner's
agents harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers,
workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, tools
and all supplies, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of the work. The Contractor shall,
at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature designated
above have been paid, discharged, or waived. If the Contractor fails to do so, the Owner many, after
having notified the Contractor, either pay unpaid bills or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid
compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims
until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged whereupon
payment to the Contractor shall be resumed, in accordance with the terms of the Contract
Documents, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any
obligations upon the Owner to either the Contractor, his Surety, or any third party. In paying any
unpaid bills of the Contractor, any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as a payment
made under the Contract Documents by the Owner to the Contractor and the Owner shall not be
liable to the Contractor for any such payments made in good faith.
19.5 If the Owner fails to make payment 30 days after approval by the Engineer, in
addition to other remedies available to the Contractor, there shall be added to each such payment,
interest at the maximum legal rate commencing on the first day after said payment is due and
continuing until the payment is received by the Contractor.
GC-20.
ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT AS RELEASE:
20.1 The acceptance by the Contractor of final payment shall be and shall operate as a
release to the Owner of all claims and all liability to the Contractor other than claims in stated
amounts as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor for all things done for furnished in
connection with this work and for every act and neglect of the Owner and others relating to or arising
out of this work. Any payment, however, final or otherwise, shall not release the Contractor or his
Sureties from any obligations under the Contract Documents or the Performance Bond and Payment
Bonds.
GC-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GC-21.
INSURANCE:
21.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain during the life of this Contract such
insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the
Contractor's execution of the work, whether such execution by himself or by any Subcontractor or
by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or by anyone for whose acts any of them
may be liable.
21.1.1 Claims under Workman's Compensation, disability benefit and other similar
employee benefit acts,
21.1.2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease or
death of his employees,
21.1.3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease or death of any
person other than his employees,
21.1.4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are
sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment
of such person by the Contractor or (2) by any other person; and
21.1.5 Claims for damages because ofinjury to or destruction of tangible property, including
loss of use resulting therefrom.
21.2 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior
to commencement of the work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded
under the policies will not be canceled unless at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice has been
given to the Owner.
21.3 The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the life of the
Contract, liability insurance as hereinafter specified.
21.3.1 Contractor's General Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance including
vehicle coverage issued to the Contractor and protecting him from all claims for personal injury,
including death, and all claims for destruction of or damage to property, arising out of or in
connection with any operations under the Contract Documents, whether such operations be by
himself or by any Subcontractor under him or anyone directly or indirectly employed by the
Contractor or by a Subcontractor under him. Insurance shall be written with a limit of liability of
not less than $200,000 for all damages arising out of bodily injury, including death, at any time
resulting therefrom, sustained by anyone person in anyone accident; and a limit of liability of not
less than $500,000 for any such damages sustained by two or more persons in anyone accident.
Insurance shall be written with a limit ofliability of not less than $100,000 for all property damage
sustained by anyone person in anyone accident; and a limit ofliability of not less than $200,000 for
any such damage sustained by two or more persons in anyone accident.
GC-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
21.3.2 The Contractor shall acquire and maintain, if applicable, Fire and Extended Coverage
insurance upon the Project to the full insurable value thereof for the benefit of the Owner, the
Contractor and Subcontractor as their interest may appear. This provision shall in no way release
the Contractor or Contractor's Surety from obligations Wlder the Contract Documents to fully
complete the Project.
21.4 The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at his own expense, during the life of the
Contract, in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the state in which the work is performed,
Workman's Compensation Insurance, including occupational disease provisions, for all of his
employees at the site of the Project and in case any work is sublet, the Contractor shall require such
Subcontractor similarly to provide Workman's Compensation Insurance, including occupational
disease provision for all the latter's employees unless such employees are covered by the protection
afforded by the Contractor. Incase any class of employees engaged in hazardous work Wlder this
Contract at the site of the Project is not protected Wlder Workman's Compensation statute, the
Contractor shall provide and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide adequate and suitable
insurance for the protection of his employees not otherwise protected.
21.5 The Contractor shall secure, if applicable, "All Risk" type Builder's Risk Insurance
for work to be performed. Unless specifically authorized by the Owner, the amoWlt of such
insurance shall not be less than the losses due to dire, explosion, hail, lightning, vandalism,
malicious mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft and smoke during the contract time and until the
work is accepted by the Owner. The policy shall name as the insured the Contractor, the Engineer
and the Owner.
GC-22.
CONTRACT SECURiTY:
22.1 The Contractor shall, within ten (10) clays after the receipt of the Notice of Award,
furnish the Owner with a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond in penal sums equal to the amoWlt
of the contract price, conditioned upon the performance by the Contractor of all Wldertakings,
covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of the Contract Documents and upon the prompt
payment by the Contractor to all persons supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work
provided by the Contract Documents. Such bonds shall be executed by the Contractor and a
corporate bonding company licensed to transact such business in the state in which the work is to
be performed and named on the current list of "surety Companies Acceptable on Federal Bonds" as
published in the Treasury Department Circular Number 570. The expense of these bonds shall be
borne by the Contractor. If at any time a Surety on any such Bond is declared a bankrupt or loses
its right to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed or is removed from the list
of Surety Companies accepted on Federal Bonds, Contractor shall within ten (10) days after notice
from the Owner to do so, substitute an acceptable bond (or bonds) in such form and sum and signed
by such other Surety or Sureties as may be satisfactory to the Owner. The premiums on such bond
shall be paid by the Contractor. No further payments shall be deemed due nor shall be made Wltil
the new Surety or Sureties shall have furnished an acceptable bond to the Owner.
GC-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GC-23.
ASSIGNMENTS:
23.1 Neither the Contractor nor the Owner shall sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose
of the Contract or any portion thereof, or his right, title or interest therein, or his o.bligations
thereunder, without written consent of the other party.
GC-24.
INDEMNIFICATION:
24.1 The Contractor will indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Engineer and
their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including
attorney's fees arising out of or resulting form the performance of the work, provided that any such
claims, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to
injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and is
caused in whole or in part by any negligent or willful act or omission of the Contractor and
Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any
of them may be liable.
24.2 In any and all claims against the Owner or the Engineer or any of their agents or
employees, by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of the, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification
obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages,
compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under Workman's
Compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefits acts.
24.3 The obligation of the Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability
of the Engineer or his agents or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps,
drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications.
GC-25.
SEPARATE CONTRACTS:
25.1 The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this Project.
The Contractor shall afford other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage
of their materials and the execution of their work and shall properly connect and coordinate his work
with theirs. If the proper execution or results of any part of the Contractor's work depends upon the
work of any other Contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any
defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results.
25.2 The Owner may perform additional work related to the Project by himself or he may
let other contracts containing provision similar to these. The Contractor will afford the other
Contractors who are parties to such contracts (or the Owner, ifhe is performing the additional work
himself), reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the
execution of work and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs.
I
.
25.3 If the performance of additional work by other Contractors or the Owner is not noted
in the Contract Documents prior to the execution of the Contract, written notice thereof shall be
given to the Contractor prior to starting any such additional work. If the Contractor believes that the
I
GC-15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
performance of such additional work by the Owner or others involves him in additional expense or
entitles him to an extension of the contract time, he may make a claim therefore as provided in
Sections GC-14 and GC-15.
GC-26.
SUBCONTRACTING:
26.1 The Contractor may utilize the services of specialty Subcontractors on those parts of
the work which, under normal contracting practices, are performed by specialty Subcontractors.
26.2 The Contractor shall not award work to Subcontractor(s), in excess of fifty (50%)
percent of the Contract Price, without prior written approval of the Owner.
26.3 The contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of
his Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts
and omissions of persons directly employed by him.
26.4 The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts
relative to the work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of
the contract Documents insofar as applicable to the work of Subcontractors and to give the
Contractor the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over
the Contractor under any provision of the Contract Documents.
26.5 Nothing contained in this Contract shall create any contractual relation between any
Subcontractor and the Owner.
GC-27
ENGINEERS AUTHORITY:
27.1 The Engineer shall act as the Owner's representative during the construction period.
He shall decide questions which may arise as to quality and acceptability of materials furnished and
work performed. He shall interpret the intent of the Contract Documents in a fair and unbiased
manner. The Engineer will make visits to the site and determine if the work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
27.2 The Contractor will be held strictly to the intent of the Contract Documents in regard
to the quality of materials, workmanship and execution of the work. Inspections may be made at the
factory or fabrication plant of the source of material supply.
27.3 The Engineer will not be responsible for the construction means, controls, techniques,
sequences, procedures, or construction safety.
27.4 The Engineer shall promptly make decisions relative to interpretation of the Contract
Documents.
GC-16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GC-28.
LAND AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY:
28.1 Prior to issuance of Notice to Proceed, the Owner shall obtain all land and rights-of-
way necessary for carrying out and for the completion of the work to be performed purs~t to the
Contract Documents, unless otherwise mutually agreed.
28.2 The Owner shall provide to the Contractor information which delineates and describes
the lands owned and rights-of-way acquired.
28.3 The Contractor shall provide at his own expense and without liability to the Owner
any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction
facilities, or for storage of materials.
GC-29.
GUARANTEE:
29.1 The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and equipment furnished and work
performed for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The Contractor
warrants and guarantees for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion of the
system that the completed system is free from all defects due to faulty materials or workmanship and
the Contractor shall promptly make such corrections as may be necessary by reason of such defects
including the repairs of any damage to other parts of the system resulting from such defects. The
Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that the
Contractor should fail to make such repairs, adjustments or other work that may be necessary by such
defects, the Owner may do so and charge the Contractor the cost thereby incurred. The Performance
Bond shall remain in full force and effect through the guarantee period.
GC-30.
TAXES:
30.1 The Contractor will pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required by
the law of the place where the work is performed.
GC-31.
WORK ADJACENT TO RAIL WAY OR OTHER PROPERTY:
31.1 Whenever the work embraced in this Contract is near the tracks, structures or
buildings of the Owner or of other railways, persons or property, the work shall be so conducted as
not to interfere with the movement of trains or other operations of the railway, or, if in any case such
interference be necessary, the Contractor shall not proceed lll1til he has first obtained specific
authority and directions therefore from the proper designated officer of the Owner and has the
approval of the Engineer.
GC-32.
ORDER AND DISCIPLINE:
32.1 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his
employees and any employee of the Contractor who shall appear to be incompetent, disorderly or
intemperate or in any other way disqualified for or unfaithful to the work entrusted to him, shall be
GC-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
discharged immediately on the request of the Engineer and he shall not again be employed on the
work without the Engineer's written consent.
GC-33.
WARNING DEVICES AND SIGNS:
33.1 The Contractor shall furnish, erect, paint and maintain warning devices when
construction is on or near public streets for the protection of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. Such
devices will be in accordance with the Georgia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for
Street and Highways, July, 1962, "Traffic Control for Highway Construction and Maintenance
Operations", Section ill-I thru ill-75.
33.2 On a 20" X 30" sign, mounted on a solid post, 8 feet above the ground, indicating the
name and night phone number of the Contractor in 4" letters, shall be erected at each end of the
project throughout the construction and maintenance periods. The Contractor may remove the sign
following the maintenance period.
GC-34.
SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS:
34.1 No work shall be allowed after the hours of darkness or on Saturday or Sunday
without the permission of the Owner.
GC-35.
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS:
35.1 The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer three (3) sets of marked up drawings for
an "As-Built" record showing all deviations from the Contract Drawings. The marked up sets shall
include actual dimensions from permanent markers accurately locating all WldergroWld piping.
GC-36.
CONTRACTOR NOT TO HIRE EMPLOYEES OF THE OWNER:
36.1
The Contractor shall not employ or hire any of the employees of the Owner.
GC-18
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION SGC-O
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
SGC-Ol.
DRAWINGS:
The Owner will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, all copies of drawings and
specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the work. Location of all features of the
work included in the Contract are indicated on the Contract Drawings. The following drawings
comprise the plans for the Contract:
Note:
The Contract Drawings are listed under Special Condition SC-02., LIST OF
DRA WlNGS:.
SGC-02.
FIELD OFFICE FACIT...ITIES:
The Contractor shall provide, at a point convenient to the work, suitable office
facilities for housing records, plans and contract documents. A telephone shall be provided at the
Contractor's office for expediting the work and be made available for the use of the Engineer. A
complete and up-to-date set of the plans and specifications shall be available at the field office at all
times that the work is in progress.
SGC-03.
RIGHTS-OF-WAY:
The Owner will furnish all land and rights-of-way necessary for the carrying out of
this contract and the completion of the work herein contemplated and will use due diligence in
acquiring said land and rights-of-way as speedily as possible. But it is possible that all land and
rights-of-way may not be obtained as herein contemplated before construction begins, in which event
the Contractor shall begin his work upon such land and rights-of-way as the Owner may have
previously acquired and no claim for damages whatsoever will be allowed by reason of the delay in
obtaining the remaining lands and rights-of-way. Should the Owner be prevented or enjoined from
proceeding with the work or from authorizing its prosecution, either before the commencement, by
reason of any litigation or by reason of its inability to procure any lands or rights-of-way for the said
work, the Contractor shall not be entitled to make or assert any claim for damage by reason of said
delay or to withdraw from the contract except by consent of the Owner; but time for completion of
the work will be extended to compensate for the time lost by such delay; such determination to be
set forth in writing and approved by the Owner.
SGC-04.
ESTIMATE OF OUANTITIES:
The estimated quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished illlder this
contract if shown in any of the documents including the bid are given only for use in comparing bids
and to indicate approximately the total amoilllt of the contract and the right is especially reserved
except as herein otherwise specifically limited to increase or diminish them as may be deemed
reasonably necessary or desirable by the Owner to complete the work contemplated by this contract
and such increase or diminution shall in no way vitiate this contract nor shall any such increase or
diminution give cause for claims or liability for damages.
SGC-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SGC-05.
EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES:
The existence and location of structures and underground utilities indicated on the
plans are not guaranteed and shall be investigated and verified in the field by the Contractor before
starting work. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage to and for maintenance and
protection of existing utilities and structures.
SGC-06.
CONTRACTOR'S BREAKDOWN OF LUMP SUM PAYMENT ITEMS:
The Contractor shall, immediately after the contract has been awarded, submit to the
Engineer for his approval, a breakdown showing estimates of all costs apportioned to the major
elements of equipment, material and labor comprising the total work included under any of the lump
sum items shown in the proposal. These estimates as approved will serve as the basis for estimating
of payments due on all progress estimates.
SGC-07.
PRIOR USE BY OWNER:
Prior to completion of the work, the Owner may take over the operation and/or use
of the incompleted project or portions thereof. Such prior use of the facilities by the Owner shall not
be deemed as acceptance of any work or relieve the Contractor from any of the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
SGC-08.
CLEANING UP:
The Contractor shall keep the premises free from the accumulation of waste material
and rubbish and upon completion of the work, prior to final acceptance of the completed project by
the Owner, he shall remove from the premises all rubbish, surplus materials, implements, tools, etc.,
and leave his work in a clean condition, satisfactory to the Engineer.
SGC-09.
MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC:
In any work within the public right-of-way, the Contractor shall provide adequate
warning and protection for pedestrian and vehicular traffic from any hazard arising out of the
Contractor's operations and will be held responsible for any damage caused by negligence on his part
or by the improper placing of or failure to display danger signs and road lanterns. All traffic lanes,
sidewalks and driveways will be kept open and clear at all times except as provided below. The
Contractor shall not block traffic on any street more than 30 minutes or without written permission
from such agency. Before leaving the work each night, it shall be placed in such condition as to
cause the least possible hazard therefrom. Should the Contractor fail to comply with the provisions
of this paragraph, the Owner may, with his own forces, provide signs, flagmen, barricades and/or
passageways or clear the pavement and deduct the cost thereof from sums due to the Contractor.
SGC-IO.
MAINTENANCE OF ACCESS:
The Contractor will be required to maintain access to business establishments during
all time they are open for business, to churches, schools and other institutions during the time they
SCG-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
are open and to all residential and other occupied buildings or facilities at all times. Bridges across
open trenches and work areas will be required to provide vehicular and pedestrian access. Bridges
with handrail protection will be required for crosswalks at street intersections. It is recognized that
it will be necessary to remove bridges and to block cross traffic while equipment is in operation. The
Contractor shall, however, plan and pursue his operations so as to minimize the time that direct
entrance is blocked.
SGC-ll.
EROSION CONTROL AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY:
The Contractor will be required to schedule his work and perform operations in such
a manner that siltation and bank erosion will be minimized during all phases of construction. Any
areas disturbed during the course of construction shall be restored to a condition equal or better than
the original condition.
SGC-12.
BVP AS SING SEWAGE:
The Contractor will be required to schedule and coordinate construction sequences
and to use temporary construction and other approved methods which will minimize the bypassing
of sewage during construction of the sewer facilities. The diversion of sewerage to open ditches or
streams will not be permitted.
SGC-13.
SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS:
The Contractor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health
Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational and Health Act of 1970 (pL31-
596) and under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (pL91-54).
SGC-14.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE:
A pre-construction conference shall be held at an acceptable time to the Owner and
the Contractor prior to the "Notice to Proceed" to coordinate the work and satisfy all requirements
of the Contract Documents.
SCG-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
.
SECTION SC-O
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
SC-Ol. SCOPE:
The project referred to in the Agreement shall consist of the construction of
Augusta Golf Course Improvements, hereinafter referred to by project name as Augusta Golf
Course Improvements.
SC-02. LIST OF DRAWINGS:
The following drawings, prepared by James G. Swift & Associates/Eckles, Martin & Rule
Architects comprise the plans for the project:
SHEET NO. TITLE
I Cover Sheet
Al Architectural Floor Plan
A2 Exterior Elevations
A3 Wall Sections
MI Heating & Ventilation Plan
PI Plumbing Plan
EI Electrical Site Plan
E2 Lighting Plan
E3 Power Plan
SC-03. PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT:
The Contractor will carefully schedule his work so that a minimum amount of exposed
earth will be subject to erosion by rainfall or wind, and he will provide means satisfactory to the Engineer
to minimize the transportation of silt and other deleterious material into the stream beds of water courses
adjacent to the project.
All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether
herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification, must show approval of either
EP A or USDA. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in conformance with printed
instructions.
SC-04. TEMPORARY TOILETS:
Contractor shall provide temporary toilet facilities on the site for workmen employed in the
construction work. Toilets shall be adequate for the number of men employed and shall be maintained in a
clean and sanitary condition. Workmen shall be required to use only these toilets. At completion of the
work, toilets used by Contractor shall be removed and premises left in the condition required by the
Contract.
SC-05. PLANS AND SPECIFICA nONS FURNISHED:
The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, by the Owner up to five (5) sets of direct
blue line prints together with a like number of complete bound specifications for construction purposes.
Sc-I
SC-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
Additional sets of plans and/or specifications will be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction
upon his written request.
SC-06. RECORD DRAWINGS:
The Contractor will maintain in his office one complete set of drawings (including any
supplemental sketches) pertaining to the project upon which, at the end of each day's work any deviations
from the construction lines shown thereon and all changes ordered by the Engineer will be shown accurately
in red pencil. If necessary, supplemental drawings will be made to show details of deviations or changes,
and these will be kept with the marked set. The drawings will be available to the Engineer for inspection
during construction. Satisfactory progress toward the preparation of the record drawings shall be a
condition of approval of monthly payment estimates. At the completion of construction, prior to submitting
his estimate for final payment and as a condition for payment thereof. three copies of the record drawings,
satisfactorily completed, will be transmitted to the Engineer.
SC-07. EXISTING STRUCTURES:
Where sidewalks, street signs, private signs, walls, sidewalks, fences, etc, are removed in
accomplishing the work, each and every item will be replaced in the same or better manner or condition
than that in which it was before construction began. The Contractor will protect and hold harmless the
Owner from any suit, action, or dispute whatever arising from the Contractor's work adjacent to private
property.
SC-08. SALVAGE MATERIAL:
All grates, railroad ties, cobblestones, granite curbing, manhole frames and covers, will
remain the property of the Owner and will be stockpiled at , in the manner directed by
the Engineer.
SC-09. REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS:
Where specifications or standards of trade organizations and other groups are referenced in
these specifications, they are made as much a part of these specifications as if the entire standard or
specification were reprinted herein. The inclusion of the latest edition or revision of the referenced
specification or standard is intended.
SC-lO. TRAFFIC CONTROL: .
Traffic control shall conform to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
(MUTCD) of the Federal Highway Administration, Edition of 1978. The Contractor shall give prior
written notification to and shall obtain the approval of the Augusta-Richmond County Fire and Police
Department of any street closures.
SC-l1. CONSTRUCTION ORDER AND SCHEDULE:
The Contractor shall be responsible for the detailed order, schedule, and methods of construction
activities withiri the general guidelines specified for maintenance and protection of highway and pedestrian,
traffic; utility lines; drainage ways; and adjacent properties.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAINTENANCE BUILDING FOR AUGUSTA GOLF COURSE, AUGUSTA GA, COMH# 9805B,
6/15/98
I N D E X
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS!GEHER~L CONDITIONS:
INCLUSIVE
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
DIVISION 1 - GENER~L REQUIREMENTS:
01010 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK ----------------- 01010-1 THRU 01010-3
01031 - ALTERNATES -------------------------- 01031-1
01300 - SUBMITTALS -------------------------- 01300-1 THRU 01300-6
01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND SERVICES --- 01500-1 THRU 01500-5
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK:
02220 - EARTHWORK --------------------------- 02220-1 THRU 02220-10
02280 - SOIL TREATMENT ---------------------- 02280-1 THRU 02280-2
02735 m SANITARY SEWERS , APPURTENANCES ----- 02735-1 THRU 02735-12
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE:
03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE -------------- 03300-1 THRU 03300-7
DIVISION 8 - DOORS:
08334 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS -------------- 08334-1 THRU 08334-4
DIVISION 15 - MECH~NIC~L:
15050 - GENERAL PROVISIONS ------------------ 15050-1 THRU 15050-15
15051 - CODES, PERMITS AND INSPECTION ------- 15051-1 THRU 15051-2
15060 - FIRESTOPPING ------------------------ 15060-1 THRU 15060-4
15090 - MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES ------- 15090-1 THRU 15090-3
15100 - VALVES ------------------------------ 15100-1
15401 - DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS -------------- 15401-1 THRU 15401-5
15405 - SOIL, WASTE, VENT SYSTEM ------------ 15405-1 THRU 15405-4
15795 - ELECTRIC HEATERS -------------------- 15795-1
15820 - FANS -------------------------------- 15820-1
15840 - AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ------------- 15840-1 THRU 15840-4
15900 - HVAC CONTROLS ----------------------- 15900-1 THRU 15900-3
DYVYSYON 16 - ELECTRYC~L:
16000 - GENERAL ----------------------------- 16000-1 TBRU 16000-11
16010 - LIGHTING AND POWER PANELBOARDS ------ 16010-1 TBRU 16010-3
16015 - FUSES ------------------------------- 16015-1 TBRU 16015-2
16020 - RACEWAYS ---------------------------- 16020-1 TBRU 16020-6
16030 - CONDUCTORS -------------------------- 16030-1 TBRU 16030-3
16040 - OUTLETS ----------------------------- 16040-1 TBRU 16040-2
16050 - WIRING DEVICES AND DEVICE PLATE ----- 16050-1 TBRU 16050-5
16060 - LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS --------- 16060-1 TBRU 16060-3
16070 - DISCONNECT SWITCHES ----------------- 16070-1 TBRU 16070-2
16090 - PHOTO CONTROL AND CONTACTOR --------- 16090-1
16100 - PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES AND
FITTINGS ---------------------------- 16100-1
16110 - GROUNDING --------------------------- 16110-1 TBRU 16110-6
16120 - EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ------------ 16120-1
16130 - TELEPHONE CONDUIT AND OUTLET SYSTEM - 16130-1
16220 - CONSTRUCTION REVIEWS INSPECTION AND
TESTING ----------------------------- 16220-1 TBRU 16220-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. section Includes:
1. Project description.
2. Applicable regulatory requirements.
3. Access to the site.
4. Contractor's use of the premises.
5. Coordination requirements.
6. Preconstruct ion meeting.
1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
A. The project consists of the construction of a shop
building.
1. As shown in contract documents prepared by Eckles,
Martin & Rule Architects
a. Dated May 10, 1998
B. The work consists of:
1. Construction of a pre-engineered Building.
1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. The followin9 regulations are applicable to this project:
1. NFPA - L1fe Safety Code - 1997 Edition
2. Standard building Code - Most Current
B. Other regulations may also be applicable.
1.04 ACCESS TO THE SITE AND USE OF THE PREMISES
A. The space available to the contractor for the performance
of the work, either exclusively or in conjunction with
others performing other construction as part of the
project, is shown on the drawings.
1. other areas are off limits to all construction
personnel.
B. Access to site will be extremely limited; obtain owner's
approval of proposed routes of access.
C. Storage areas will be available on site.
D. Signs: Provide signs adequate to direct visitors.
1. Do not install, or allow to be installed, signs other
than specified sign(s) and signs identifying the
principal entities involved in the project.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01010-1
9805
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PRECONSTRUCT ION MEETING
A. A preconstruct ion meeting will be held at a time and place
designated by the architect, for the purpose of
identifying responsibilities of the owner's and the
architect's personnel and explanation of administrative
procedures.
B. The contractor shall also use this meeting for the
following minimum agenda:
1. Construction schedule.
2. Use of areas of the site.
3. Delivery and storage.
4. Safety.
5. Securlty.
6. Cleaning up.
7. Subcontractor procedures relating to:
a. Submittals.
b. . change o~ders. .
c. Appllcatlons for payment.
d. Record documents.
C. Attendees shall include:
1. The owner.
2. The architect, and any consultants.
3. The contractor and its superintendent.
4. Major subcontractors, suppliers, and fabricators.
5. Others interested in the work.
3.02 SECURITY PROCEDURES
A. Limit access to the site to persons involved in the work.
B. Provide secure storage for materials for which the owner
has made payment and which are stored on site.
C. Secure completed work as required to prevent loss.
3.03 COORDINATION
A. If necessary, inform each party involved, in writing, of
procedures required for coordination; include requirements
for 9iving notice, submitting reports, and attending
meetlngs.
1. Inform the owner when coordination of his work is
required.
B. See other requirements in other portions of the contract
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01010-2
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
documents.
END OF SECTION 01010
.
.
-
-
-
-
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01010-3
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01031 - ALTERNATIVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Intent: This section is for desi~n coordination and
estimating purposes; as such, it 1S preliminary in nature
and not for construction.
1.02 ALTERNATIVE LIST
A. Alternative No.1: Open Bay
1. Add open bay as shown on drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 01031
.
.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01031-1
9805
.
.
;;;;;;
.
.
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. section Includes:
1. Pre~aring and processing of submittals for review and
actlon.
2. Preparing and processing of informational submittals.
B. Submit the following for the architect's review and action:
1. Shop drawings.
2. Product data.
3. Samples.
c. Submit the following as informational submittals:
1. certificates.
2. Coordination drawings.
3. Reports.
4. Qualification statements for manufacturers/installers.
5. Submittals for which procedures are not defined
elsewhere.
D. Specific submittals are described in individual sections.
1. Provide other information required by Division 15 for
mechanical work.
2. Provide other information required by Division 16 for
electrical work.
E. Do not commence work which requires review of any
submittals until receipt of returned submittals with an
acceptable action.
F. Do not allow submittals without an acceptable action
marking to be used for the project.
G. All submittals shall be directed to the owner.
H. Do not submit substitute items that have not been approved
by means of the procedure specified elsewhere.
I. Do not include requests for substitution (either direct or
indirect) on submlttals; comply with procedures for
substitutions specified elsewhere.
J. Related sections: The following are specified elsewhere
in Division 1:
1. Payment, modification, and completion submittals.
a. Applications for payment.
b. Change proposals.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01300-1
9805
2. Progress of work submittals:
a. Contractor's construction schedules.
1.02
DEFINITIONS
A. Shop Drawings: See General Conditions.
1. Shop drawings also include:
a. Product data specifically prepared for this
project.
B. Product Data: See General Conditions.
C. Samples: See General Conditions.
D. Informational Submittals: Submittals identified in the
contract documents as to be submitted for information
only.
1.03 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Sheets Larger Than 8-1/2 by 14 Inches:
1. Maximum sheet size: 36 by 48 inches.
a. Exception: Full size pattern or template drawings.
2. Number of copies:
a. Submittals for review:
1. 3 copies of blue- or black-line prints.
2. All but 1 copy will be returned.
b. Informational submittals:
1. 2 copies of opaque prints.
2. No copies will be returned.
B. Small Sheets or Pages:
1. Minimum sheet size: 8-1/2 by 11 inches.
2. Maximum sheet size for opaque copies: 8-1/2 by 14
inches.
3. Number of copies:
a. Opaque copies:
1. For review: 3 copies. -
a. 1 co~y will be retained.
2. Informat1onal submittals: 2 copies.
C. Samples: 2 sets of each.
1. 1 set will be returned.
D. If additional sets are needed by other entities involved
in work represented by the samples, submit with original
submittal.
E. Copies in excess of the number requested will not be
returned.
F. Provide additional copies, if required for operating and
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01300-2
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
maintenance data, marked to indicate their purpose.
1.04 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS
A. Coordinate submittals and activities that must be
performed in sequence, so that the architect has enough
information to properly review the submittals.
B. Coordinate submittals of different types for the same
~roduct or system so that the architect has enough
1nformation to properly review each submittal.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
TIMING OF SUBMITTALS
A. Deliver each submittal requirin9 approval in time to allow
for adequate review and process1ng time, including
resubmittals if necessary; failure of the contractor in
this respect will not be considered as grounds for an
extension of the contract time.
B. Deliver each informational submittal prior to start of the
work involved, unless the submittal is of a type which
cannot be prepared until after completion of the work;
submit promptly.
C. If a submittal must be processed within a certain time in
order to maintain the progress of the work, state so
clearly on the submittal.
3.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - GENERAL
A. Contractor Review: Sign each copy of each submittal
certifying compliance with the requirements of the
contract documents.
B~ Notify the architect, in writing and at time of submittal,
of all points upon which the submittal does not conform to
the requirements of the contract documents, if any.
C. Preparation of Submittals:
1. Label each copy of each submittal, with the following
information:
a. Project name.
b. Date of submittal.
c. Contractor's name. and address.
d. Architect's name and address.
e. Subcontractor's name and address.
f. Manufacturer's name.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01300-3
9805
g. Numbers of applicable drawin9s and details.
h. other necessarr identifying 1nformation.
Pack submittals sU1tably for shipment.
Submittals to receive architect's action markin9:
Provide blank space on the label or on the subm1ttal
itself for action marking; minimum 4 inches wide by 5
inches high.
D. Transmittal of Submittals:
1. Submittals will be accepted from the contractor only.
Submittals received from other entities will be
returned without review or action.
2. Submittals received without a transmittal form will be
returned without review or action.
a. Project name.
b. Submittal date.
c. To :
d. From:
e. Contractor's name.
f. Subcontractor's and supplier's names.
g. Manufacturer's name.
h. Description of submittal.
i. Action marking.
j. Comments.
3. Fill out a separate transmittal form for each
submittal; also include the following:
a. other relevant information.
b. Requests for additional information.
2.
3.
3.03 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Content: Include the following information:
1. Dimensions, at accurate scale.
2. All field measurements that have been taken, at
accurate scale.
3. Names of specific products and materials used.
4. Details, identified by contract document sheet and
detail numbers.
5. Show compliance with. the specific standards
referenced.
6. Coordination requirements; show relationship to
adjacent or critical work.
7. Name of preparing firm.
B. Preparation:
1. Reproductions of contract documents are not acceptable
as shop drawings.
2. Identify as indicated for all submittals. -
3. Space for architect's action marking shall be adjacent
to the title block.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01300-4
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.04 PRODUCT DATA
A. Submit all product data submittals for each system or unit
of work as one submittal.
B. When product data submittals are prepared s~ecifically for
this pro~ect (in the absence of standard pr~nted
informat~on) submit such information as shop drawings and
not as product data submittals.
C. Content:
1. Submit manufacturer's standard printed data sheets.
2. Identify the particular product being submitted;
submit only pertinent pages.
3. Identify which options and accessories are applicable.
4. Include recommendations for a~plication and use.
5. Show compliance with the spec~fic standards
referenced.
6. Identify dimensions which have been verified by field
measurement.
7. Show special coordination requirements for the product.
3.05 SAMPLES
A. Samples:
1. Provide samples.that are the same as proposed product.
2. Where selection is required, provide full set of all
optioP? .
B. Preparation:
1. Attach a description to each sample.
2. Attach name of manufacturer or source to each sample.
3. Where there are limitations in availability, delivery,
or other similar characteristics, attach description
of such limitations.
4. Where selection is required, the first submittal may
be a single set of all options; after return of
submittal with selection indicated, submit standard
number of sets of selected item.
c. Keep final sample set(s) at the project site, available
for use during progress of the work.
3.06 REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for approval will be reviewed, marked with
appropriate action, and returned.
B. Informational submittals: Submittals will be reviewed.
1. "X" action: No action taken.
2. "Not Approved" action: Revise the submittal or
prepare a new submittal complying with the comments
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01300-5
9805
made.
3.07 RETURN, RESUBMITTAL, AND DISTRIBUTION
A. Submittals will be returned to the construction manager by
hand or by mail.
B. Perform resubmittals in the same manner as original
submittals; indicate all changes other than those
requested by the architect.
C. Distribution:
1. Distribute returned submittals to all subcontractors
and suppliers involved in work covered by the
submittal.
2. Make one copy for project record documents.
3. The Contractor shall keep a list of all submittals
required and record the
4. disposition of each.
END OF SECTION 01300
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01300-6
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. section Includes:
1. Temporary utilities.
2. Temporary construction.
3. Protective facilities.
4. Ernploree facilities.
5. Admin1strative facilities.
6. Temporary services.
7. General contractor shall provide the following, as
specified in this section, for the use of all
contractors and subcontractors:
a. Coordination of location of construction
facilities provided by other contractors.
b. Dust control services.
c. Field office for architect's and owner's use.
d. Fire protection facilities, other than piped
utilities.
e. Other employee protection facilities required by
law.
f. Public protective facilities-required by law.
g. Telephone service.
h. Dumpster on site.
i. Water supply.
1. Include water service and sewer usage charges.
j. Piped temporary washing facilities.
k. Use of permanent water service.
1. Piped temporary fire protection facilities.
m. Electrical service, except extension cords.
1. Include electric service usage charges.
n. Temporary lighting.
o. Use of permanent electrical systems.
8. Each contractor shall provide all other facilities and
services required to accomplish his work.
B. Related sections:
1. Storage and protection of materials and equipment:
Elsewhere in Division 1.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. NEMA WD 6-1988 -- Wiring Devices--Dimensional
Requirements; National Electrical Manufact~rers
Association; 1988.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01500-1
9805
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Temporary Facilities: Construction, fixtures, fittings,
and other built items required to accom~lish the work but
which are not incorporated into the fin1shed work.
B. Temporary utilities: A tyPe of temporary facility;
primary sources of electr1c power, water, natural gas
supply, etc., obtained from public utilities, other main
distr1bution systems, or temporary sources constructed for
the project, but not including the fixtures and equipment
served.
C. Temporary Services: Activities required during
construction which do not directly accomplish the work.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of governing authorities, as to
type, quantity, location, and use of temporary facilities.
B. comply with requirements of governin9 authorities, as to
type and frequency of temporary serV1ces.
C. Comply with requirements of public utilities affected.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Obtain easements where required.
B. Coordinate scheduling of the implementation and
termination of temporary facilities and services with all
other contractors affected.
C. Use of permanent facilities prior to substantial
completion is subject to the owner's approval and
conditions.
1. Each-permanent facility used for construction purposes
shall be operated, maintained, and protected during
such use by the' original installer.
2. Specified warranties shall not be reduced or voided by
temporary use.
1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Maintain required facilities until not needed or until
shortly before substantial completion; remove facilities
before substantial completion.
1. Exception: . Where use of permanent facilities is
allowed.
B. Change over to use of permanent facilities, when
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01500-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
.
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
applicable, as soon as possible, except when use of
permanent facilities is not allowed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials which are both suitable for
the use and durable enough to withstand the use and abuse
to be expected.
2.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Temporary Water Service:
1. Prov1de water adequate for demand of construction
operations.
2. Provide piped water service:
a. Do not use permanent piping system to distribute
nonpotable water.
b. Connect to existing water main.
c. Connect to temporary plumbing fixtures specified.
d. Provide meter and shut-off valve.
e. Disinfect temporary piping before use.
f. Take precautions to ~revent damage due to leaks-
and spills inside bU1lding.
3. Each contractor shall provide other water required for
his operations.
B. Temporary Power:
1. Prov1de electricity adequate for demand of
construction operations.
2. Electrical service:
a. Obtain temporary service from local util~ty.
b. Provide disconnect at connection to serV1ce.
c. Provide service conductors and equipment.
d. Provide metering equipment.
e. Provide distribution equipment, feeders, and
branch circuit panelboards to serve:
1. Temporary lighting.
2. Temporary convenience receptacles.
3. Other temporary facilities specified.
f. Temporary convenience receptacles: NEMA WD 6,
Type 5-20R; locate within 50 feet of each point
requiring power; use 20-ampere branch circuits.
3. Each contractor shall provide other power required for
his operations.
2.03 PROTECTIVE FACILITIES
A. Fire Protection Facilities: Provide at least the
temporary facilities required by the authorities having
jurisdiction.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01500-3
9805
1. Fire extinguishers to be installed in the completed
building shall not be used during construction.
2. Put ~ermanent facilities into operation as soon as
poss1ble.
2.04
EMPLOYEE FACILITIES
A. Temporary Lighting: Provide at least the lighting
required by law.
B. Toilet Facilities: Provide temporary toilet facilities.
1. Clean and maintain toilet facilities.
2. Provide toilet tissue for each facility.
2.05 ADMINISTRATIVE FACILITIES
A. Field Office for owner's and architect's Use: Provide
space in the contractor's office reserved for owner's and
architect's use.
B. Tele~hone Service: Provide the following telephone
serV1ce for use of all contractors.
1. Provide at least one telephone on site.
2. Other telephone service-is the responsibility of
individual contractors.
2.06 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
A. Temporary Enclosures for Weather Resistance: When
building enclosure is not yet complete but interior
construction may be damaged by weather, provide temporary
enclosures adequate to keep out weather.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Cooperate with other contractors in location-of temporary
facilities.
3.02 TEMPORARY SERVICES
A. Fire Prevention: _Provide a dumpster on the site. Empty
dumpster when it is full.
B. Dust Control Services: Keep down dust on roads regularly.
3.03 TERMINATION AND REMOVAL
A. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed, or when
use of appropriate ~ermanent facility is approved, but not
later than substant1al completion.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01500-4
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Exce~tion: When longer usage is requested by the
arch~tect or owner.
B. Com~lete permanent work delayed until removal of temporary
fac~lities.
C. Permanent Facilities Used during Construction: Clean;
replace parts that are worn in excess of that expected
during normal usage.
END OF SECTION 01500
..
..
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
01500-5
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Earth moving and excavation.
2. utilities trenching.
3. Grading.
4. Backfilling.
5. Filling.
6. Compacting.
B. Related sections:
1. Changes in the work: General Conditions.
2. Demolition: Elsewhere in Division 2.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Reports: Testing laboratory will submit the
following reports directly to the architect and shall copy
the contractor:
1. Analysis of soil materials, whether procured on or off
site, and including fill, backfill, and borrow
materials.
2. Verification of each footing subgrade.
3. Compressive strength or bearing test reports.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Laboratory Services:
1. The owner will secure and pay for the services of a
geotechnical engineer to classify existing soil
materials, to recommend and to classify proposed borrow
materials when necessary, to verify compliance of
- materials with specified requirements, and to perform
required field and laboratory testing.
1.04 SITE CONDITIONS
. A. Traffic: Do not interfere with or close public ways
without permission of governing authorities. Do not
interfere with adjacent private facilities.
B. site utilities:
1. Advise utility companies of excavation activities
before startin9 excavations. Locate and identify
under9round ut1lities passing through work area before
start1ng work.
2. If underground utilities are encountered in locations
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
02200-1
9805
other than indicated, immediately advise utility
owners before proceeding. Amend project record
documents to show actual locations.
3. Protect existing utilities indicated to remain.
4. Do not interrupt existing utilities without advance
notice to and written approval from the owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Where sufficient approved materials are not available from
required excavations on site, obtain and pay for materials
from approved sources off site without charge to the owner.
B. For each soil material proposed for use as fill or
backfill, whether obtained on or off site, testing
laboratory shall classify soil material, develop Proctor
curve, and perform any other tests required.
C. Obtain approval of the architect for each soil material.
D. Backfill and Fill Materials: Materials classified as
satisfactory.
E. satisfactory Soil Material (ASTM D 2487) : Free of stones
larger than 2 inches in any dimension, trash, debris,
organic material, other objectionable material and
classified as follows:
1. GW (well-graded gravel).
2. GP (poorly graded gravel).
3. GM (silty gravel).
4. GC (clayey gravel).-
5. CL (lean clay).
6. ML (silt).
7. OL (organic clay).
8. OL (organic silt).
F. Unsatisfactory Soil Material (ASTM D 2487):
1. SW (well-graded sand).
2. SP (poorly graded sand).
3. SM (silty sand).
4. SC (clayey sand).
5. CH (fat clay).
6. MH (elastic silt).
7. OH (organic clay).
8. OH (organic silt).
9. PT (peat).
G. Capillary Water Barrier: Clean, crushed rock or gravel or
uncrushed gravel; 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve;
not more than 2 percent passing a No. 4 sieve.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
02200-2
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H. Subbase Material: Well-graded, clean, sound, durable
particles of crushed stone, crushed blast furnace slag, or
crushed gravel, and screenings. obtain the architect's
approval of source, quality, and gradation.
2.02 PLASTIC WARNING TAPE
A. Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethvlene film specifically
manufactured for marking and ident~fying underground
utilities.
1. Minimum width, 6 inches; minimum thickness, 4 mils.
2. Metallic core encased in protective jacket against
corrosion and detectable by metal detector when tape
is buried 3 feet deep.
3. continuous printed inscription shall describe utility.
Tape color:
a. Electric: Red.
b. Gas: Yellow.
c. Pipeline: Yellow.
d. Water system: Blue.
e. Sewer: Green.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Protection: Provide markers indicating limits of work and
clear identification of items and areas requiring
protection.
B. Provide barricades, warning signs, and warning lights
around open excavations as necessary to prevent injury to
persons.
c. The contractor is solely responsible for determining the
potential for injury to persons and damage to property.
1. Where such potential is present, take appropriate
protective measures.
2. Protect persons from injury and protect existing and
new improvements from damage 'caused directly or
indirectly by construction operations.
D. Do not allow excavation subgrades and soil at foundations
to be subjected to freezin9 temperatures or frost.
Provide protective insulatlng materials as necessary.
Should prepared, compacted subgrades be damaged bV
freezing, remove soil materials to the depth requ~red by
the architect and replace and recompact in conformance
with specified requirements.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
02200-3
9805
3.02 EROSION CONTROL
A. To the maximum extent practicable, prevent erosion or
displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water
runoff to adjacent properties and waterways.
3.03 DEWATERING
A. Do not allow surface or ground water to flow into or
accumulate in excavations.
B. Do not allow water to flow in an uncontrolled fashion
across the project site or to erode slopes or to undermine
foundations. Do not allow water to be diverted onto
adjacent properties. Arrange excavation operations so as
to provide continual and effective drainage of excavations.
C. Provide and maintain temporary diversion ditches, dikes,
and grading as necessary; do not use trench excavations
for this purpose. When required by surface or subsurface
water conditions, provide sumps, wellpoints, French
drains, pumps, and other control measures necessary to
. . keep excavations free of water. When existence of ground
water near or above final excavation level is indicated or
suspected, provide control measures prior to excavating to
water level and maintain water level continuously below
working level.
3.04 EXCAVATION
A. General: Excavation includes the removal of any materials
necessary to achieve the required subgrade elevations and
includes reuse or disposal of such materials.
B. Unnecessary Excavation: The ex~ense of excavation of
materials outside of limits ind1cated or ordered in
writing b~ the architect and the correction thereof to the
satisfact10n of the architect shall be borne by the
contractor.
1. Unnecessary excavation under footings: Either deepen
footings to bear on actual subgrade elevation without
chan9ing top elevations or ~lace concrete fill up to
requ1red elevation, as requ1red by the architect.
2. Unnecessary excavation other than under footings:
Either place compacted fill or otherwise correct
conditions, as required by the architect.
C. Approval of Subgrade: Notify the architect when required
elevations have been reached~
1. When required by the architect due to the unforeseen
presence of unsatisfactory materials or other factors,
perform additional excavation and replace with
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
02200-4
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
approved compacted fill material in accordance with
the architect's instructions.
2. Payment for unforeseen additional work will be made in
accordance with established unit prices or, if none,
in accordance with provisions for changes in the work.
No payment will be made for correction of subgrades
improperly protected against damage from freeze-thaw
or accumulation of water, or for correction of
otherwise defective subgrades.
D. Excavation for structures:
1. Excavate beyond footin9s and foundations so as to
allow proper construct~on and inspection of concrete
formwork and other materials. Excavate to the required
elevation.
a. Tolerance: Plus or minus 0.10 foot.
E. Excavation for Footings and Foundations:
1. Delay excavation to final grade and final compaction
until just before concrete will be placed.
2. Remove any loose or sloughed material and adjust
excavations to conform to required lines, grades, and
tolerances and to form a suitable bearing surface. Do
not disturb bottom of completed excavations.
F. Excavation for Pavements: Excavate, shape, and compact to
the lines, subgrade elevations, and cross sections
indicated.
G. Excavation for Trenches:
1. Unless otherwise required, begin trenching, utility
installation, and backfilling at lowest portion of
utility line, working toward highest portion of line.
2. Required trench width: Excavate accurately to provide
not less than 6 nor more than 9 inches of clearance on
each side of pipes and conduits, unless otherwise
indicated.
a. Where indicated trench widths are exceeded,
redesign, stronger pipe, or special installation
procedures may be required by the architect at no
additional cost to the owner.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, trench walls for piping
shall be vertical from trench bottom to one foot above
to~ of pipe or to top elevation of initial backfill,
wh~chever is higher.
4. Excavate trenches to the depths necessary to achieve
required flow lines and invert elevations and to
prevent freezing of liquids or frost heave during
winter.
5. Dig trenches to depths indicated.
6. Trench bottoms: Unless otherwise indicated, excavate
and shape trench bottoms as follows:
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
02200-5
9805
a. Support pipes and conduit up to 5 inches diameter
on smooth, accurately graded subgrade. Shape
surface by hand to provide continuous support on
undisturbed soil for bell and body of pipe and
joints, fittings, and body of conduit.
3.05 STORAGE
A. Stock~ile materials to be used for filling and
backf~lling, including excavated materials classified as
satisfactory soil materials, at locations indicated or as
directed. Stockpile in a manner to freely drain surface
water; cover if necessary to prevent wind-blown dust.
1. Store soil materials without intermixing. Protect
from contamination with other soils or debris.
3.06 PLASTIC WARNING TAPE
A. Install tape directly above utilities, 18 inches below
finished grade.
3.07 BACKFILLING
A. Preparation:- Backfill excavations as soon as ~racticable.
Complete the following operations before backf~lling:
1. Inspection and acceptance of below-grade construction.
2. Inspection, testing, and approval of underground
utilities.
3. Surveying of underground utilities for record
documents.
4. Concrete formwork removal.
5. Removal of loose material, muck, debris, and trash
from excavation.
6. Installation of temporary or permanent horizontal
bracing for structures to receive backfill.
B. Testing of Piping:
1. Before performing testing- of utilities (specified
elsewhere), backfill and compact trenches to a level 1
foot above top of pipe, except at joints and couplings.
2. After successful testing, complete backfilling as soon
as practicable.
3. Backfilling near footings, general: Where trenches
occur underneath of footin~s, or where trench bottoms
occur below and within 18 ~nches horizontally of
footing bottoms, backfill trench with concrete to top
of footing and up to 4 feet perpendicularly from each
face of footing.
C. Installation: Place approved soil materials in layers to
required elevations.
1. Do not place material on muddy or frozen surfaces or
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
02200-6
9805
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
on surfaces containing frost.
D. Installation: Place satisfactory soil materials in layers
to required subgrade elevations.
3.08 FILLING
A. Preparation: Verify that area has been stripped of
vegetation including roots below grade. Removeand
dispose of anr unsatisfactory soils.
1. When fil11ng slopes steeper than 1 in 4 rise, plow,
step, or break up surfaces to promote bond of new to
existing material.
2. Should density of subgrade to receive fill be less
than specified for fill, break up and pulverize
subgrade to a depth of at least 6 inches, moisture
condition if necessarr, and recompact to required
density at optimum m01sture content.
B. Installation: Place fill materials to required elevations
in lifts of required depth. Provide fill materials
beneath each area as indicated.
1. Paved areas: Subbase material. .
2. Exterior steps/ramps: Satisfactory soil materials.
3. Building slabs: Capillary water barrier material.
4. Piping/conduit: Subbase material where indicated;
otherwise use satisfactory soil materials.
3.09 PAVEMENT SUBBASE COURSE PLACEMENT
A. Place lifts such that compaction true to grade and level
is accomplished with a minimum of surface disturbance and
segregation or degradation of materials. Maintain grade
control and cross section by means of line and grade
stakes. Maintain moisture content within prescribed
limits during placing and compacting.
B. When the total thickness of subbase is less than the
maximum lift thickness permitted, place material in a
single lift. When the total thickness of 'subbase is
greater than the maximum lift thickness permitted, place
materials in two or more lifts of uniform thickness with
no lift less than 3 inches in thickness.
C. Place material alon9 the edges of the subbase course so as
to maintain compact10n of the subbase course. Construct
at least a 1-foot width of shoulder simultaneously with
each lift of the subbase course.
D. Cut any overbuild to grade. Should top elevation be lower
than allowable tolerances, scarify to a depth of 3 inches,
add new material, and recompact to bring to grade within
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
02200-7
9805
required tolerances.
3.10 BUILDING SLAB AREAS
A. Place fill or backfill lifts such that com~action true to
grade and level is accom~lished with a min1mum of surface
disturbance and segregat10n or degradation of materials.
Maintain grade control and cross section by means of line
and grade stakes. Maintain moisture content within
prescribed limits during placing and compacting.
B. When the total thickness of materials to be placed is less
than the maximum lift thickness permitted, place material
in a single lift. When the total thickness of materials
to be placed is greater than the maximum lift thickness
permitted, ~lace materials in two or more lifts of uniform
thickness w1th no lift less than 3 inches in thickness.
1. Capillary water barrier: Under slabs on grade, place
capillary water barrier material directly on subgrade,
shape surface to within the required tolerances and
compact.
3.11 COMPACTION
A. Place materials used in backfilling and filling in layers
not exceeding loose depths as follows:
1. Heavy equipment compaction: 8 inches.
2. Hand-operated tampers: 4 inches.
B. Place material simultaneously on opposite sides of walls,
small structures, utility lines, etc. to avoid
displacement or overstressing.
C. In-Place Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less
than the values given below, expressed as a percentage of
maximum density at optimum moisture content.
1. Paved areas: Top 12 inches of subgrade and s~bsequent
lifts:
a. 95 percent.
2. Exterior steps and ramps: Top 8 inches of subgrade
and subsequent lifts:
a. 95 percent.
3. Building slabs and structures: Top 12 inches of
subgrade and subsequent lifts:
a. 95 percent.
4. Utility trenches: Compact backfill and fill materials
to in-place density specified for applicable area of
trenc~, but ~n no case less than 90 percent.
D. Moisture Control: During compaction, control moisture of
sub9rades and subsequent lifts to within tolerances from
opt1mum moisture content as recommended by testing
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
02200-8
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
laborator~. Wet surface with water when additional
moisture 1S required. Aerate soil to aid in drying or
replace soil when excessive moisture is present.
3.12 GRADING
A. General: Smooth grade to a uniform surface that complies
with compaction requirements and required lines, grades,
and cross sections and is free from irregular surface
changes.
B. Provide smooth transition between existing adjacent grades
and changed grades. cut out soft spots, fill low spots,
and cut down high spots to conform to required surfaces
tolerances.
C. Slope grades to direct water away from structures and to
prevent ponding. Finish subgrade to required elevations
within the following tolerance:
1. Paved areas: Plus or minus 0.05 foot.
2. Exterior ste~s and ramps: Plus or minus 0.05 foot.
3. Inside build1ng lines: 1/2 inch as measured with a
10-foot straightedge.
3.13 PROOFROLLING
A. After completion of required compaction and immediately
prior to proceeding with subsequent construction,
proofroll in the presence of testing laboratory
representative.
B. Proof roll using a heavy pneumatic-tired vehicle having
four tires abreast, each tire loaded to 30,000 pounds and
tire inflated to 150 psi. Provide 30 coverages of the
area to be proof rolled, one coverage bein9 defined as the
application of one tire print over the ent1re area.
Maintain optim~ moisture content during proof rolling.
In areas which show pumpin9 or which are otherwise
unsatisfactory, undercut f111 material and replace with
compacted fill, or stabilize in place, as required by the
architect.
C. Proofroll Areas to Receive:
1. Pavement.
3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Laboratory Services: Provide timely notice to
testing laboratory. Do not proceed with construction
until testing of each subgrade and lift of fill or
backfill has been performed and required inspections and
approvals have been obtained.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
02200-9
9805
B. Maximum Density at optimum Moisture Content: Determine in
accordance with ASTM D 698.
C. In-Place Density Tests: ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method),
ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), or ASTM D 2922
(nuclear method), as applicable.
D. If testing service reports indicate that subgrade or fills
are below s~ecified density, scarify or remove and replace
to the requ~red depth, recompact, and retest at no cost to
the owner.
3.15 MAINTENANCE
A. Com~leted Areas: Protect from damage by pedestrian or
veh~cular traffic, freezing, erosion, and contamination
with foreign materials.
1. Repair and re-establish grades to specified tolerances
in settled, eroded, or rutted areas.
B. Damaged Areas: Where completed or partially completed
" surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or lose
compaction and whether due to subsequent construction
operations or weather conditions, restore materials to
required conditions: scarify or remove and replace to the
required depth, return to optimum moisture content, and
compact materials to the required density before
continuing construction.
C. Correction: Should settlin9 occur within the project
correction period, remove f~nished surfacin9, add
additional approved material, compact mater~al, and
reconstruct surfacing. Construct surfacing to match and
blend in with adjacent surfacing as nearly as practicable.
3.16 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Remove any material not required for use on the project
(including unsatisfactory soil, excess satisfactory soil,
trash, and debris) and legally dispose of it off the
owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02200
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA 02200-10
GOLF COURSE
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02280 - SOIL TREATMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Subterranean termite prevention treatment of soil
areas scheduled to receive new construction.
2. Subterranean termite prevention treatment of new
construction in progress.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Quality Control Submittals:
1. certificates: Evidence of installer's authorization
to apply products under applicable state and local law.
B. Contract Closeout Submittals:
1. project record documents:
a. Submit a certificate signed by installer and
contractor stating that treatment has been applied
in accordance with applicable governing -"
regulations and in accordance with this
specification.
b. Incorporate into the certificate or attach thereto
a plan drawing indicating actual application
locations and, for each location, noting methods
and rates of application and including typical
sections or details where necessary for clarity.
"
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications:
1." Licensed to install specified products in the state in
which the project is located and in the local
jurisdiction.
2. A company installing products of this section and
whose installations have performed in a satisfactory
manner under comparable conditions for a period of 5
years.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Comply with applicable pesticide regulations of the
state in which the project is located.
2. Comply with applicable local pesticide regulations.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
02280-1
9805
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TERMITICIDE
A. Registered with the united States Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) for use as a termiticide under conditions of
use prevailing at the project site.
B. Re9istered with the applicable authorities in the state in
WhlCh the project is located and with local 90verning
authorities, as applicable for use as a termlticide under
conditions of use prevailing at the project site.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION
A. Apply termiticide in strict accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Apply termiticide at the maximum recommended application
rates for the respective areas to be treated and methods
,of treatment used.
C. Treat the entire structure. Do not leave any portion
untreated.
D. Schedule treatment of new construction to occur when
treatment may be applied directly to the soils and
surfaces to be treated, and prior to their concealment
with subsequent construction.
3 '.02 CLEANING
A. Do not allow contamination of surfaces not intended to be
treated. Follow manufacturer's instructions to completely
remove chemical from surfaces should contamination occur.
B. Remove from beneath the structure any cellulosic material,
wood that is not pressure-preservative treated, and,
debris. Do not allow non-pressure-~reservative treated
wood to contact with or remain proxlmate to soil.
END OF SECTION 02280
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
02280-2
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANITARY SEWERS & APPURTENANCES
TS-Ol. SCOPE:
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all plant, labor,
equipment and materials and in performing all operations in connection with the installation of sanitary sewer
pipe, structures and appurtenances, complete, in strict accordance with these specifications and the applicable
drawings and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract.
TS-02. APPLICABLE SPECIFICA nONS:
The latest edition of the following specifications for a part of this section of the
specifications:
(a) AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS SPECIFICA nONS:
ASTM Des. C-12 Installing Clay Pipe
ASTM Des. C-76 Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe
ASTM Des. C-700 Extra Strength Clay Pipe
ASTM Des. C-425 Vitrified Clay Pipe Joints Using Materials Having
Resilient Properties
ASTM Des. C-443 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Rubber-type
Gaskets
ASTM Des. C-478 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Risers and Tops
(b) FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS:
SS-B-656 Brick: Building (Common) Clay
(c) MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS:
Johns-Mansville Perma-Lac Pipe
TS-03. GENERAL:
The contract drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the sanitary sewer
system. If any departure from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such
departures and the reasons therefore, shall be submitted as soon as practicable for approval. No such
departures shall be made without written approval of the Engineer.
The drawings and these specifications shall be considered as supplementary one to the other
so that materials and labor indicated, called for or implied by this one and not the other shall be supplied and
installed as though specifically called for on both.
TS-04. MATERIALS:
(a) GENERAL: All materials furnished by the Contractor shall be new and shall meet
the requirements of these specifications. Materials shall be first quality and free from any and all defects and
blemishes such as cracking, splitting, blisters, honeycombs, deformations of any type. Materials shall be
protected from damage at all times. Any materials damaged or deemed unsuitable by a Augusta-Richmond
Utilities Dept. representative shall immediately be removed from the limits of construction. Care shall be
exercised in handling the material during tmloading and installation. All tmloading or placing of materials
shall be done carefully by hand or machine. At no time will materials be allowed to free fall or be dropped
from any height.
(b) AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE: The contractor shall furnish an affidavit from the
manufacturer that all material conforms to the below referenced ASTM or A WW A (ANSI) specifications to
02735-1
02735-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
the Augusta-Richmond Utilities Dept. upon request.
(e) PIPE AND ACCESSORIES: Except as otherwise approved, pipe for sanitary sewers
shall be as follows: (All standards referred to shall be considered to mean the latest edition)
(1) V.C.P. (Vitrified Oay Pipe) - Up to 24 inch
Vitrified Clay Pipe shall conform to all requires of ASTM Specifications applying
to this product. Pipe sized six inches (6") through twenty-four inches (24") shall
conform to ASTM C-700 for "Extra Strength Clay Pipe".
Maximum lengths produced by manufacture shall be furnished except for fittings,
closures and specials.
(2) P.V.c. (Poly Vinyl Chloride) - Up to 15 inches
Poly Vinyl Chloride Pipe and fittings shall be made in conformance with ASTM
D3034 SDR 35 for six inches (6") through fifteen inches (15").
Standard pipe lengths not greater than 20 feet shall be used on all work.
WYE fittings shall be utilized. TEE fittings and saddles are prohibited.
(3) D.I.P. (Ductile Iron Pipe) - Up to 60 inches
Ductile Iron Pipe shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Standard specifications
A21.51. Unless othenvise indicated, pipe shall be minimum Pressure Class 35
thickness for eight inch (8") diameter pipes and smaller; higher class thickness pipe
shall be utilized as per the chart included herein.
Pipe exterior shall be seal coated with an approved bituminous seal coat in
accordance with A WW A C 151.
Pipe and fittings shall be cement lined in accordance with A WW A C 104/ A21. 4.
On any design utilizing D.I.P. greater than 10 inch diameter and having slopes less
than the "Recommended minimum", the design engineer must submit flow
calculations. If, in the county's opinion, the line is subject to hydrogen sulfide gas
generation, such pipe shall be required to be lined with polyethylene polybond in
accordance with ANSI/ASTM D-1248.
Ductile iron pipe shall be encased with polyethylene film as recommended by the
pipe manufacturer and as required for utility crossing permits. Polyethylene film
shall have a minimum thickness of 8 mils. Installation shall be in. accordance with
AWWA C 105/A21.5 and the manufacturer's instructions.
On installations of 8" diameter. D.I.P. shall be required when depths of cover exceed
16 feet. On installations over 8" diameter, D.I.P. shall be used according to the
approved plans and the chart herein.
D.I.P. shall be utilized for all installations that do not comply with minimum cover
requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(d)
See Depth Chart for required pipe class for 16" diameter and less.
Pipe class for D.I.P. greater than 16" diameter shall be detennined by Augusta-
Richmond Utilities Department.
(4) P.V.c. Truss - 8 inches to 15 inches
Pipe and fittings shall be made in conformance with ASTM D2680. Standard pipe
lengths of 12'6" shall be used exclusively on all work.
6" pipe shall conform with ASTM D3034 SDR 35 sewer pipe.
WYE fittings shall be utilized. TEE Fittings and saddles are prohibited.
(5) Steel - up to 60 inches
Steel pipe shall be utilized for aerial spans and where otherwise specified. Pipe
shall conform to A WW A C 200.
The interior and exterior of the carrier pipe shall be coated with coal-tar enamel and
the exterior shall be factory wrapped with bonded felt. Casing oioe may be
uncoated and unlined. Field welded joints of carrier pipe shall be field coated and
wrapped.
Steel pipe shall be used for bored and jacked casing.
Minimum wall thickness for casing and carrier pipes shall be as follows:
DIAMETER
6-inch
8-inch
lO-inch
12-inch
15 or 16 inch
I8-inch
20-inch
24-inch and above
THICKNESS (inches)
.375
.375
.375
.375
.375
.375
.375
.5
Wall thickness for aerial spans exceeding 20 feet shall be specified by Augusta-
Richmond Utilities Dept.
ACCEPTABLE JOINT MATERIAL:
(1) V.c.P. (Vitrified Oay Pipe)
Clay pipe joints, twenty-one inches (21 ") and larger, shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications for Compression joints for Vitrified
Clay Bell and Spigot Pipe, ASTM Designation C-425.
Clay pipe joints, eighteen inches (18") and smaller, shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications for compression couplings for
Vitrified Clay Plain-End Pipe, ASTM Designation C-425.
02735-3'
The collar material for compression couplings of plain-end pipe shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM 0-1784 "Standard Specifications for Rigid Poly (Vinyl
Chloride) Compounds", Class 12454-B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(2) P.V.c. (poly Vinyl Chloride)
Poly Vinyl Chloride Pipe shall be jointed with a rubber gasket and shall conform to
ASTM F477. PVC pipe shall not be joined by a solvent cement joint with which the
pipe surfaces are fused together.
(3) D.I.P. (Ductile Iron Pipe)
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be of the bell and spigot type with push-on joints,
conforming to ANSI Specification A21.11 or mechanical joints.
(4) P.V.c. Truss
Truss Pipe shall be jointed with a rubber gasket in conformance with ASTM F477.
Truss Pipe shall not be joined by a solvent cement joint with which the pipe surfaces
are fused together.
(e)
JOINTS BETWEEN SEWER PIPES OF DIFFERENT MATERIAL:
Transition joints between pipes of different material in pipe sizes 12-inch diameter
or less shall be made with a water main type compression coupling, or Femco type
coupling containing a stainless steel shear band.
Transition joints from Ductile Iron Pipe to Truss Pipe may be made utilizing a
coupling specifically designed by the truss pipe manufacturer for that purpose.
Whenever connections are made between the bell end of a mechanical joint pipe or
fittings and pipe of other materials, use of an approved type of transition gasket in
the mechanical joint/sleeve is allowed.
Transition joints will not be allowed within 36 feet of a manhole when the end result
would be 36 feet or less of plastic pipe adjacent to a manhole.
(f)
PIPE MARKING:
Sanitary sewer pipe and fittings shall be marked in accord~ce \\jth ASTM/ANSI
Designations. As a minimum, marking for pipe shall include manufacturer's name
or trademark, nominal pipe size, specification designation and date of manufacture.
Pipe markings shall appear at intervals of 5 feet or less on pipe barrel.
02735-4
I
I D.I.P. DEPTH CHART
I Trench Depth Pressure Class
I up to 45' 350
8-inch pipe up to 60' 50
I up to 70' 51
up to 80' 52
I Trench Depth Pressure Class
I up to 35' 350
IO-inch pipe up to 45' 50
I up to 55' 51
up to 70' - 52
I Trench Depth Pressure Class
I up to 30' 350
I2-inch pipe up to 40' 50
I up to 50' 51
up to 60' 52
I Trench Depth Pressure Class
I up to 35' 350
* IS-inch pipe up tQ 35' 50
up to 40' 51
I up to 50' 52
I *(actual size diameter is 16,:,inch)
I
I
.
.
02735-5
.
.
02735-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TS-05. INSTALLATION:
(a. 1) Pipe Laying: The bottom of the trench where sewer pipe is to be laid shall be
prepared and shaped as shown on the plans and specified under the Section EXCA V A TION, TRENCHING
AND BACKFILLING, to give unifonn circumferential support to the lower quadrant of the pipe for the
maximum length.
Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with the spigot end of bell and spigot pipe pointing in the
direction of the flow. Each pipe shall be laid true to line and grade in such a manner as to fonn a close
concentric joint with the adjacent pipe and to prevent offsets in the flow line. As the work progresses, the
interior of the sewer shall be cleaned of all dirt and superfluous materials of every description. Where
cleaning after laying is difficult because of small pipe size, a suitable swab or drag shall be kept in the pipe
and pulled forward past each joint immediately after the joint is completed. If the maximum pennissible
width of the trench at the elevation of the top of the pipe is exceeded for any other reason than at the direction
of the Engineer, the Contractor shall install, at his own expense, such concrete cradling, pipe encasement or
other bedding as is required by the Engineer to support the additional load on the pipe. Trenches shall be
kept free of water until joints have been made up. No pipe shall be laid when the condition of the weather or
the trench bottom is unsuitable for such work. At all times when the work is not in progress, all open ends
shall be securely closed to the satisfaction of the Engineer so that no trench water, earth or other foreign
substance can enter the line.
(a.2) Flexible pipes shall be installed so as to support the dead loads (backfill) and live
loads (units, equipment, etc.) with a limiting vertical deflection of no more than 5% of the normal pipe
diameter. The Contractor shall install the pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and in
accordance with ASTM D-2321-74. Minimum installation shall be as shown on sketch, Page TS-4. The
Contractor shall demonstrate that the limiting vertical deflection requirement of this specification is met by
testing every section of pipe with the diameter of 8" or larger with a Go-No-Go device approved by the
Augusta Richmond Utilities Engineer.
Design loading criteria: ASCE No. 37
(a) Dead Load: (Earth backfill) 120#/Cu. Ft.
(b) Live Load: 10,000 # wheel load
(c) Impact Factor: 1.5
All pipe shall be carefully examined before it is installed in the trench. All damaged or
unsound pipe or pipe which otherwise fails to meet specification requirements shall be rejected and shall be
removed from the site of the work.
(a.3) Pipe Bedding: Bedding requirements herein shall apply to sanitary sewer lines
only. They are to be considered minimum bedding requirements and as such, do not relieve the
Engineer/Contractor of the responsibility to provide any additional bedding necessary for proper construction.
Bedding shall be "carefully placed" along the full width of the trench so that the pipe is true
to line and grade of the pipe barrel. As used herein, "carefully placed" shall be construed to mean material
that has been spaded or shovel-sliced so that the material fills and supports the haunch area and encases the
pipe to the limits specified herein.
Bell holes shall be provided so as to relieve pipe bells of all load, but small enough to insure
that support is provided throughout the length of pipe.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
Crushed Stone Embedment Material shall conform to ASTM C 33, Graduation #67 (3/4" to
#4). Bedding material shall be placed underneath and e carried up the sides of the pipe as specified herein.
Class B Bedding shall be performed by first undercutting the trench an adequate amount to
provide bedding under the pipe bell. The trench shall then be brought to grade with compacted crushed stone
as specified above for the full width of the trench. The bedding material shall be placed in the zone four
inches (4") below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade and backfilled with compacted crushed stone
placed the full width of the trench up to one-half the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill placed in six
inch (6") layers and compacted per TSI-03 of these specifications, shall be the backfill from the springline of
pipe to eighteen inches (18") above the pipe. A minimum Class B Bedding shall be used for all plastic pipes.
Class C Bedding shall be performed by fIrst undercutting the trench an adequate amount to
provide bedding under the pipe bell. The trench shall then be brought to grade with compacted crushed stone
as specified above for the full width of the trench. The bedding material shall be placed in the zone four
inches (4') below the pipe and the pipe laid to line and grade and backfilled with compacted crushed stone
placed the full width of the trench up to one-fourth the outside diameter of the pipe. Select backfill placed in
six inch (6") layers and compacted per TS 1-03 of these specifications, shall be the backfill from the bedding
material to eighteen inches (18") above the pipe. A minimum Class C Bedding shall be used for all VitrifIed
Clav and Ductile Iron Pipes.
TS-06: CONCRETE CRADLES. SADDLES AND ENCASEMENT:
The Contractor shall install concrete cradles, saddles or encasement where shown on the
plans or as directed by the Engineer. These structures shall be constructed in strict accordance with the
details shown on the plans and as herein specified. Concrete shall have a 28 day compressive strength of
3,000 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM Specification C-39.
.
.
.
TS-07. MANHOLES:
(a) General:
All manholes indicated on the plans shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor in
accordance with the plans and provisions of this section of these specifications. Manholes
shall be constructed with cast iron frames and covers in accordance with the details as shown
on the plans. The base of the manhole shall be constructed of 3000 psi concrete as specified
elsewhere in these specifications. The invert channels shall be smooth and accurately shaped
to the semi-circular bottom conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer sections as shown
on the plans. Changes in direction of the sewer and entering branches shall have as long a
radius of true curvature as the side of the manhole will permit. Manhole steps shall be
spaced as shown on the plans.
.
(b) Types:
. 1. Brick Manholes: Brick for manholes shall conform to Federal
Specifications SS-B-656, Type H. all brick shall be thoroughly cleaned anq
saturated with water immediately before being laid up. the brick shall be laid
radially in header courses with the joint broken by staggering each successive
course. Details of the manhole shall conform to the plans. Brick shall be laid up
with cement mortar made of one part Portland Cement and two parts of approved
sand to which may be added lime not to exceed 25 percent by volume of the cement.
The outside of the manhole shall be plastered with 1/2 inch of cement mortar. The
inside of the manhole may be rubbed with a cloth in lieu of striking the joints.
!!!
....
.
02735-7
0' to 8' depth
8' to 12" depth
12' and above
8"
10"
12"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Concrete, brick work and mortar shall be protected against low temperatures.
2. Precast Concrete Manholes: Precast manholes consisting of precast risers
and tops, conforming to the requirements of AS TM Designation C4 78-61 T, may be
used in lieu of brick manholes. The precast top section shall be of the eccentric cone
type. the lower end of the section shall be set in a bed or mortar in a recess formed
in the base slab and the outside of the joint shall then be sealed with leveled fillet of
mortar. The joints in the riser pipe shall be set in and sealed with cement mortar as
specified above.
3. Poured-in-Place Concrete: The manhole construction shall be similar in
detail to manholes shown on the plans. Concrete shall have a 28 day compressive
strength of 3000 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM Specifications C-39.
The base shall be poured monolithically with the rest of the manhole. The base
shall have a minimum diameter 8" greater than the outside diameter of the manhole
and minimum thickness including the area under the pipe as follows:
Reinforcing in the bottom shall be #4 bars at II inches on center each way.
The manhole barrel wall shall be a minimum of 6" thick. Reinforcing is not
required.
The first pour shall consist of approximately 1f2 cubic yard deposited evenly around
the walls. The concrete must be carefully rodded or vibrated on each side of each
pipe.. Additional concrete should be deposited in evenly distributed layers not to
exceed 18" with each layer vibrated or radded to bond it to the preceding layer.
Form marks and offsets up to 1f2" will be permitted inside the manhole. All offset on
edges inside the manhole will be smoothed and plastered with a mortar consisting of
3 parts of masonry sand to I part of Portland cement immediately upon removal of
the forms. If cracks occur or excessive honeycombs appear after form removal, at
the opinion of the Augusta Richmond Utilities Engineer, the entire manhole will be
removed at the Contractor's expense arid repoured.
No cold joint pours will be permitted.
The top of the barrel shall have the form of an eccentric cone so that manhole steps
are on a vertical face.
4. Manhole Steps: Manhole steps shall be installed in all sections of each
manhole as indicated on the drawings. The steps in the precast sections may be
installed when sections are cast or may be inserted after the manhole has been
constructed. All damage to the precast section caused by the insertion of the steps
shall be repaired and sealed with expanding mortar to prevent leakage. Steps shall
be of cast iron, Sumpter Machinery Company # I or approved equal.
5. Manhole Frames and Covers:
General: Manhole frames and covers in improved areas or streets shall set flush
02735-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
with the finished grade. In improved areas or where no finished grade is established,
the top of the frame and cover shall be set one foot above the existing ground unless
otherwise directed. The word SEWER shall be cast on the manhole cover.
Standard Frames and Covers: Cast iron for manhole frames and covers shall
conform to ASTM A-48, Class 30, gray iron. Casting shall be quality cast iron
such that the metal is strong, tough and of uniform grain. they shall be smooth, free
from scale, lumps, blow-holes, blisters and defects of every kind which render them
unfit for the intended use. No plugging or mIing shall be permitted. All bearing
surfaces shall be machined to provide mating and to eliminate rocking. Standard
frames and covers shall be Sumpter Machinery Company No. MF-68L frames and
MC-68L covers.
Installation: The top of the manholes shall be topped out with brick as indicated on
the drawings. The number of courses will depend on the required elevation of the
top of the manhole. The brick shall be laid radially in header courses with joints
broker by staggering each successive course. The manhole ring and cover shall be
set in a bed or mortar on the top course of brick. The outside of the manhole shall
be plastered for the full extent of the brickwork with mortar to a thickness of not
less than 1/2 inch. The inside face of the manhole brickwork may be rubbed with a
cloth in lieu of striking the joints. The brick-work and mortar shall be protected
against low temperatUres and cured so as to prevent damage by freezing.
Outside Drop Connections: Where specified, drop connections to manholes shall be
constructed in accordance with Paragraph 06 and pipe and fittings in accordance
with Paragraph 04.
.
.
TS-08. STUB OUTS FOR FUTURE SEWERS:
Where and to the extent indicated on the plans, pipe stub-outs for the connections of future sewers
shall be provided during the construction of new manholes of the sewer. Joints shall conform to the
requirements of Paragraph 04 of these specifications. Each stub-out shall be plugged with a clay or concrete
plug sealed in the bell end of the stub-out.
-
TS-09. TIE-IN OF EXISTING SEWERS:
Existing sewers shall be tied-in to the new sewers at locations indicated on the plans. New
manholes will be constructed at the intersection of the two sewers with the existing sewer passing through the
manhole. After the completion of the manhole, the portion of the existing sewer inside the manhole will be
removed in a neat manner to allow the flow of sewage to enter the manhole. When the flow of the existing
sewer is to be diverted into the new sewer the open end of the existing sewer in the opposite wall will then be
closed and sealed with a precast plug or masonry bulkhead coated with cement mortar plaster.
TS-09 SIDE SEWERS:
I. General: A side sewer shall consist of a sewer extending from a connection to the
street or main sewer to its connection to the building sewer or other point as designated by the Augusta
Richmond Utilities Engineer. The side sewer connection to the street sewer shall be as follows:
New 8", 10" or 12"
Y fitting in street sewer with 45 degree elbow.
New 15" and larger or existing
Machine made tap and suitable saddle or
02735-9
street sewer
or otherwise as approved by the Augusta Richmond
Utilities Engineer
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The Contractor shall install a side sewer where shown on the plans or directed by the Augusta Richmond
Utilities Engineer and in accordance with the details shown on the plans.
2. Pipe Laying: Belled pipe shall be laid with the bell end up grade and in general, all
pipe laying shall start and proceed up grade from the point of connection at the street sewer or other starting
point
Pipe shall be laid in a straight line at a unifonn grade between fittings on a unifonn
horizontal or vertical curvature achieved by deflecting pipe joins within the limits recommended by the
manufacturer of the pipe used.
3. Fittings: All fittings shall be factory-produced and shall be designed for installation
on the pipe to be used. Fittings shall be of the same quality and material as the pipe used.
The maximum deflection pennissible at anyone fitting shall net exceed 45 degrees
(one-eight) 1/8 bend. The maximum deflection of any combination of two adjacent fittings shall not exceed
45 degrees (one eight (1/8) bend) unless straight pipe of not less than two and one-half (2 1/2) feet in length
be installed between such adjacent fittings or unless one of such fittings is a wye branch with a cleanout
provided on the straight leg.
TS-ll. FJELD TESTS:
1. Pipe: Each piece of pipe shall be visually inspected immediately before being
placed in the trench and all pieces which appear to be cracked or damaged in any way shall be rejected.
Particular notice shall be made of the joints to be sure that a water-tight joint be assured.
2. Joints, Alignment and Grade: After the pipe has been installed in the trench and
prior to the placing of any backfill, the joints, alignment and grade shall be carefully examined and checked
.for confonnance with specified requirements. The pipe shall be observed during backfilling operations to be
sure that the required conditions of the joints, alignment and grade have been maintained.
3. Appurtenances: All manholes and other appurtenances shall be of specified size,
shape and materials. The work shall comply with these specifications and if found not so in any respect it
shall be brought to proper condition at the expense of the Contractor.
4. Infiltration: A maximum allowable rate of infiltration into sewer lines shall be
limited to 100 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of sewer per 24 hours. this clause does not relieve the
Contractor of the necessity of making the sewers as tight as possible: Sewers which exceed this limit will not
be accepted and the Contractor shall take such steps as are necessary to being the infiltration within the above
allowance. the test for infiltration shall be made as follows: The test shall be made following a period of
heavy rain and when the ground is saturated. The Engineer reserves the right to use his judgment as to
whether or not the ground is sufficiently saturated to allow a satisfactory test In the event that rainfall is
insufficient to allow a satisfactory test before the date of completion of the work, the Contractor will be
required to conduct the tests at any time up to 30 days following the completion date. The test shall be made
up to three measurements of flow taken at hourly intervals. The amount of infiltration shall be computed
from the average flow measured.
-
-
-
-
-
I
I
I
..
02735-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The Contractor shall provide and install all necessary measuring weirs or other
devices required to make the flow measurements. The test shall be made in the presence of and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
TS-12 RESTORATION OF PROPERTY:
The Contractor shall carefully restore all property defaced by operations and acts of any of
his agents or employees. Such restoration shall include seeding, sodding and transplanting of lawns, hedges
or ornamental plantings and the repair or replacement of driveways, walks, fences or other facilities in such
manner as to meet the approval of the Engineer. No structures or trees shall be removed without the consent
of the property owner until condemnation procedure, ifnecessary, has been completed.
TS-13 CLEAN UP AND REPAIRING:
The sewers shall be kept clean during the progress of the work and upon completion shall be
thoroughly cleaned. All needed repairs shall be made before this fmal cleaning. The Contractor shall provide
suitable tools and labor to clean the sewers at his own expense. Any excessive leakage of water into the
sewers or any deviation from proper grade or alignment such as to make the work, in the opinion of the
Engineer, not consistent with first class work, shall be promptly corrected by the Contractor as his own
expense.
TS-14 FINAL INSPECTION:
When the Contractor considers that all work has been compl~ted, he shall then notify the
Engineer who will carefully inspect all work and make such tests as to satisfy himself that every provision of
the contract has been faithfully carried out. During this inspection, the Contractor shall, at his own expense,
make provisions for suitable drainage and maintenance.
TS-15 MEASUREMENT:
1. Street or Main Sewer Pipe: Sewer pipe shall be measured in place from center to
center of manholes or structures without deductions for length of line through the structures. Depth of cut
shall be measured from the ground surface to the pipe invert.
2. Side Sewers: Measurement shall be along the pipe from the outside surface of the
main sewer or manhole connection to the extreme end of the last pipe or fitting placed, through tees, wyes,
and other fittings; and from the center of the side sewer along the center line of any branch to the extreme end
of the last pipe or fitting placed, through tees, wyes or other fittings. Plugged wyes or tees shall not be
considered branches. Measurement shall be to the nearest one-tenth (0.1) foot. Fittings shall not be
measured for payment.
.
iiii
.
3. Standard Manhole: the number of standard manholes to be paid for shall be the
actual number of standard manholes, installed, complete, including frame and cover and accepted. Standard
manholes shall have a depth dimension of between 0' and 6' measured from the invert of the lowest outlet
pipe to the top of concrete or masonry the frame and cover sits on.
-
iiii
4. Manhole - Additional Depth: The depth of each manhole shall be measured as
specified above and subtracting 6.0 feet from this depth; shall be the additional depth of each manhole.
Measurement shall be to the nearest one-tenth (0.1) foot.
5. Concrete Cradles and Encasements: The quantity of3000 psi at 28 day concrete
authorized by the Augusta Richmond Utilities Engineer for encasement, cradles and collars required for
protection of the pipe shall be the actual cubic yards of concrete installed and accepted.
02735-11
02735-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6. Connections to the Existing Sewers or Manholes: The quantity to be paid for under
this item shall be the actual number of each size pipe connected to either an existing sewer or manhole,
complete and accepted.
TS-16. PAYMENT:
1. Street or Main Sewer Pipe: Payment for each size of sewer pipe measured as
specified above will be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for various depths of cut, as set forth
in the Proposal.
2. Side Sewers: Payment for each size of side sewer pipe measured as specified above
will be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot as set forth below. No separate payment shall be
made for fittings or connections and all such costs shall be included in the specified unit price item.
3. Other Items: Other measured items shall be paid for at the contract unit or lump
sum price for the various items as set forth below, which payment shall be full compensation for furnishing
and installing the items, complete, in place in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
Payment will be made under the following:
· inch (size) Sanitary Sewer, to ft. cut-----------------------------per linear foot.
· inch (size) Side Sewer -----------------------------------------------per linear foot.
Standard Manhole (0' - 6' Depth)---------------------------------------------per each.
Manhole- Additional Depth--------------------------------------------------per vertical foot.
Drop Manhole----------------------------------------------------------------------per each.
Concrete for Cradles and Encasement--------------------------------------per cubic yard.
· inch (size) Sanitary Sewer Connection to Existing
Manhole of Sewer--------------------------------------------------------per each.
· as shown in the Proposal.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. 01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Formwork for cast-in-place concrete, with shoring,
bracing, and anchorage.
2. Formwork accessories.
3. Form stripping.
4. Reinforcing steel for cast-in-place concrete.
5. cast-in-place concrete.
a. Foundations, footings.
6. Concrete curing.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and
placement of the following:
1. Reinforcement: Comply with ACI SP-66. Include bar
schedules, diagrams of bent bars, arrangement of
concrete reinforcement, and splices.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the following documents,
except where requirements of the contract documents or of
governing codes and governing authorities are more
stringent:
1. ACI 301.
2. ACI 318.
3. CRSI Manual of Standard Practice.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 . 01 FORMWORK
.
.
A. Facing Materials:
1. Unexposed finish concrete: Any standard form
materials that produce structurally sound concrete.
B. Formwork Accessories:
1. Form coating: Form release agent that will not
adversely affect concrete surfaces or prevent
subsequent application of concrete coatings.
2. Metal tie.s: Commer.cially manufactured types; cone
snap ties, taper removable bolt, or other type which
will. leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches from
surface of concrete when forms are removed, leaving
not more than a 1-inch-diameter hole in concrete
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
03300-1
9805
surface.
2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Reinforcin9 Bars: Provide deformed bars complying with
the followlng, except where otherwise indicated:
1. ASTM A 615, Grade 60.
B. Reinforcing Accessories:
1. Tie wire: Black annealed type, 16-1/2 gage or heavier.
2. supports: Bar supports conformin9 to specifications
of CRSI "Manual of Standard Practlce."
2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, and as follows:
1. Type I.
B. Water: Potable~
C. Aggregates:
1. Normal weight concrete: ASTM C 33.
a. Local aggregates not in compliance with ASTM C 33
but which have demonstrated capacity to produce
concrete of adequate strength and durability may
be used when specifically approved through normal
approval process.
D. Admixtures - General: Admixtures which result in more
than 0.1 percent of soluble chloride ions by weight of
cement are prohibited.
E. 'Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260 and certified'by
manufacturer for compatibility with other mix components.
F. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A.
G. Water-Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.
H. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): '
ASTM C 494, Type F or G.
I. Fibrous Reinforcement: polypropylene fibers designed and
engineered specifically for secondary reinforcement of
concrete.
2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Vapor Retarder: Membrane for installation beneath_slab~
on grade, resistant to decay when tested in accordance
with ASTM E 154, a~d as follows:
1. Barrier paper, comprised of heavy kraft papers
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
03300-2
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!!!!!!!!
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
laminated with glass fiber reinforcement, and
polyethylene coating.
B. Nonshrink Grout: ASTM C 1107.
1. Type: Provide nonmetallic type only.
C. Burlap: AASHTO M 182, Class 2 jute or kenaf cloth.
D. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, and as follows:
1. Curing paper.
2. Polyethylene film.
3. White burlap-polyethylene sheeting.
E. Liquid Curing Compounds:
1. Material - curing compounds: Comply with ASTM C 309,
Type 1.
2.05 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
A. Proportioning of Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with
recommendations of ACI 211.1.
B. Specified compressive strength fl(c) at 28 days: 3000 psi.
C. Fly Ash:
1. The contractor mar elect to replace a portion of the
portland cement wlth fly ash up to a maximum of 25
percent by weight of cement plus fly ash.
D. Fibrous Reinforcement: Add to mix at rate of 1.5 pounds
per cubic yard of concrete, or as otherwise recommended by
manufacturer for specific ap~lication.
1. Add to mix for concrete ln locations indicated.
E. Admixtures:
1. Air-entraining admixture: Add at rate to achieve
total air content between 2 percent and 4 percent for
concrete which will not be exposed to exterior
conditions.
a., Do not use in slabs-on-grade scheduled to receive
topping, unless manufacturer of topping recommends
use over air-entrained concrete.
2. water-reducing admixture: Add as required for
placement and workability.,
3. Water-reducing and retarding admixture: Add as
required in concrete mixes to be placed at ambient
temperatures above 90 degrees F.
4. High-range water-reducing admixture
(super~lasticizer): Add as required for placement and
workabllity.
5. Do not use admixtures not specified or approved.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
03300-3
9805
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONCRETE FORM PREPARATION
A. General: Comply with requirements of ACI 301 for
formwork, and as herein specified. The contractor is
responsible for design, engineering, and construction of
formwork, and for its timely removal.
3.02 VAPOR RETARDER INSTALLATION
A. General: Place vapor retarder sheet over prepared base
material, aligning longer dimension parallel to direction
of pour and la~ped 6 inches. Seal joints with appropriate
tape. Cover wlth sand to depth shown on drawings.
3.03 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. General:. com~ly with requirements of ACI 301 and as
herein specifled.
B. Preparation: Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill
scale, soil, and other materials which adversely affect
bond with concrete.
3.04 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction
joints as indicated on drawings. If construction joints
are not indicated, locate in manner which will not impair
strength and will have least impact on appearance, as
acceptable to the architect.
1. Keyways: Provide keyways not less than 1-1/2 inches
deep.
2. Reinforcement: continue reinforcement across and
perpendicular to construction joints, unless details
specifically indicate otherwise.
B. Control Joints: Construct contraction joints in slabs
poured on grade to form panels of sizes indicated on
drawin9s, but not more than 15 feet apart in either
directlon.
1. Inserts: Form control joints by means of premolded
inserts.
3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Inspection: Before beginning concrete placement, inspect
formwork, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded,
verifying that all such work has been completed.
1. Wood forms: Moisten immediately before placing
concrete in locations where form coatings are not
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
03300-4
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
used.
B. Placement - General: Comply with requirements of ACI 304
and as follows:
1. Schedule continuous placement of concrete to prevent
the formation of cold joints.
2. Provide construction joints if concrete for a
particular element or component cannot be placed in a
continuous operation.
3. Deposit concrete as close as possible to its final
location, to avoid segregation.
C. Placement in Forms: Limit horizontal larers to depths
which can be pro~erly consolidated, but 1n no event
greater than 24 1nches.
1. vibrate concrete sufficiently to achieve consistent
consolidation without segregation of coarse aggregates.
2. Do not use vibrators to move concrete laterally.
D. Slab Placement: Schedule continuous placement and
consolidation of concrete within planned construction
joints.
1. Thoroughly consolidate concrete without displacing
reinforcement or embedded items, using internal
vibrators, vibrating screeds, roller pipe screeds, or
other means acceptable to architect.
2. strike off and level concrete slab surfaces, using
highway straightedges, darbies, or bull floats before
bleed water can collect on surface. Do not work
concrete further until finishing operations are
commenced.
3.06 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Repairs, General:. Repair surface defects, including tie
holes, immediately after removing formwork.
3.07 FINISHING SLABS
A. Finishing Operations - General:
1. Do not directly apply water to slab surface or dust
with cement.
2. Use hand or powered equipment only as recommended in
ACI 302.1R.
3. Screeding: strikeoff to required 9rade and within
surface tolerances indicated. Ver1fy conformance to
surface tolerances. Correct deficiencies while
concrete is still plastic.
4. Bull Floating:. Immediately following screeding, bull
float or darbr before bleed water appears to eliminate
ridges, fill 1n voids, and embed coarse aggregate.
Recheck and correct surface tolerances.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
03300-5
9805
5. Final floating: Float to embed coarse aggregate, to
eliminate ridges, to compact concrete, to consolidate
mortar at surface, and to achieve uniform, sandy
texture. Recheck and correct surface tolerances.
6. Troweling: Trowel immediatelr following final
floatin9- Apply first trowel1ng with power trowel
except 1n confined areas, and apply subsequent
trowelings with hand trowels. wait between trowelings
to allow concrete to harden. Do not overtrowel.
Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing
sound as trowel is moved over it. Consolidate
concrete surface by final troweling operation.
Completed surface shall be free of trowel marks,
uniform in texture and appearance, and within surface
tolerance specified.
a. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph
through final floor covering system.
B. Coordinate appearance and texture of reguired final
finishes with the architect before app11cation.
C. Broomed Float Finish: After floating and when water sheen
has practically disappeared, apply uniform transverse
corrugations approximately 1/16 inch deep, without tearing
surface.
D. Trowel Finish: As specified above.
E. Slab Surface Tolerances:
Achieve flat, level planes except where grades are
indicated. Slope uniformlr to drains.
Floated finishes: Depress10ns between high spots
shall not exceed 5/16 inch under a 10-foot
straightedge.
Troweled f1nishes: Achieve level surface plane so
that depressions between high spots do not exceed the
_followin9 dimension, using a 10-foot straightedge:
a. 1/8 1nch.
F. Slab Finish Schedule: Apply finishes in the following
typical locations and as otherwise shown on the drawings:
1. Broomed float:
a. Sidewalks.
b. Exterior slabs not otherwise scheduled.
2. Trowel finish:
a. Exposed interior floors not otherwise scheduled.
b. Surfaces to receive resilient tile.
c. Surfaces to receive carpet.
1.
2.
3.
3.08 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General:
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
03300-6
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Prevent premature dryin9 of freshly placed concrete,
and protect from excess1vely cold or hot temperatures
until concrete has cured.
2. Provide curing of concrete by one of the methods
listed and as appro~riate to service conditions and
type of applied fin1sh in each case.
B. Curing Period:
1. Not less than 7 days for standard cements and mixes.
C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces by moist
curing with forms in place for full curing period or until
forms are removed.
D. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms:
1. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared,
but before surface is dry. Place to protect adjacent
concrete edges. Acceptable curing methods:
a. Water ponding.
b. Water-saturated sand.
c. Water-fog spray.
d. Saturated burlap: Provide 4-inch minimum overlap
at joints.
E. Avoid rapid drying at end of curing period.
END OF SECTION 03300
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
03300-7
9805
-
!!!!
-
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 08334 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Overhead coiling service doors.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Requirements:
1. Wind loading: Provide door assemblies which have been
designed and constructed to withstand the specified
wind load pressure.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: written technical information and
installation instructions for each coiling door type,
which demonstrate that products comply with contract
documents.
B. Shop Drawings: Furnish completely dimensioned and
detailed drawings showing complete installation details
with components, materials, finishes, and accessories
identified.
C. Contract closeout submittals:
1. Manufacturer's standard operating instructions and
maintenance data.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide one manufacturer's coiling door assemblies,
complete with operating accessories and installation
hardware.
B. Supply all required coiling door assemblies from a single
manufacturer.
C. Installer Qualifications: A minimum of 20 complete
installations of products similar to the type included in
this section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Overhead coiling Service Doors:
1. Products of the following manufacturers, provided they
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
08334-1
9805
comply with requirements of the contract documents,
will be among those considered acceptable:
a. Atlas Roll-Lite Door corporation.
b. The Cookson Company.
c. Cornell Iron Works, Inc.
d. Raynor Garage Door Company.
2.02
MATERIALS
A. Iron Castings: ASTM A 48.
B. Steel: ASTM A 446, structural quality, cold-rolled steel
sheets, Grade A.
1. Galvanized coating: ASTM A 525, G90 coating.
2.03 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Overhead coiling Service Door:
1. Wind resistance: 20 pounds per square foot.
2. curtain:
a. Material: Galvanized steel.
b. Gage: As necessary to withstand specified wind
loads for size of door indicated.
c. Slat profile: - Manufacturer's standard S-shaped.
d. Finish: Baked-on polyester finish coat over epoxy
primer.
3. Guides:
a. Material: Galvanized steel.
b. Finish: Manufacturer's standard prime paint.
4. Hood:
a. Material: Galvanized steel, minimum 24 gage.
b. Finish: Manufacturer's standard prime paint.
5. Operator: Manual chain and gear.
6. Locking device: Chain lock keeper to receive
owner-furnished padlock.
2.04 COMPONENTS
A. End Locks (doors): Galvanized iron castin9s, ASTM A 48;
fasten to each end of curtain at about 24 lnches on center
to resist lateral force.
B. Wind Locks: Galvanized iron castings, ASTM A 48, spaced
24 inches on center along each side of curtain.
1. Furnish on doors wider than 16 feet.
C.
Bottom Bar:
1. Bottom bar, overhead coiling doors:
1-1/2 inches by 1-1/2 inches by 1/8
curtain material and finish.
a. Bottom seal: Replaceable vinyl
between bottom bar angles.
2 angles, minimum
inch thick; match
or neoprene gasket
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
08334-2
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. curtain Guides (doors):
1. Construct door guides from steel angles of a size and
in configuration necessary to support curtain loads.
2. Use minimum '3/16-inch-thick galvanized steel sections,
with slotted holes for installation tolerance.
3. Fasten angle to substrate with minimum 3/8-inch
diameter bolts at 30 inches on center maximum.
4. Support coil mechanism from top of guide rails.
5. curtain stops: Furnish removable brackets at guide
ends to prohibit curtain overrun.
E. Counterbalance Mechanism:
1. Adjustable steel helical torsion spring, on a steel
shaft.
2. Provide lubricated bearings for operational parts.
3. Spring barrel: Structural quality steel pi~e, sized
to support curtain and limit barrel deflect10n to 0.03
inch per span foot maximum, when curtain is fully
loaded.
4. Counterbalance: structural quality carbon steel
welded or seamless pipe, sized to support curtain
wei9ht and movement, and limit barrel deflection to
maX1mum 0.03 inch per span foot when fully loaded.
5. Spring balance: Heat-strengthened steel helical
torsion springs; sized to counterbalance curtain
weight.
6. Counterbalance shaft: Case-hardened steel; designed
to retain spring ends and resist torsional forces.
7. Brackets: Gray cast iron, ASTM A 48, or cold-rolled
steel plate. Furnish with flared guide end for
curtain.
F. Hood:
1. Enclose curtain coil and counterbalance mechanism with
sheet metal hood.
2. Fabricate hood to align with end brackets.
3. Return hood edges for stiffness.
4. Between-jamb mounted units: Cover ends of
counterbalance mechanism projecting beyond the wall
face.
5. Intermediate support brackets: Furnish as required
for deflection-free installation.
6. Hood material: Fabricate from type, thickness and
finish indicated.
G. Manual Operators:
1. Chain hoist operator:
a. Endless steel hand chain with geared reduction
unit providing curtain operation with 35 pound
maximum pull.
b. Design chain hoist to allow curtain to be stop~ed
and started again at any point along the curta1n's
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
08334-3
9805
path.
c. Hand chain: steel alloy with chain holder at
operator guide.
2.05 FABRICATION
A. Door curtain:
1. Interlocking slats continuous for entire door width;
designed to resist indicated wind loads.
B. ShoplFactory Finishing: Clean and shop-prime paint
ferrous metal and galvanized materials usin9 door
manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive pa1nt. Do not
paint surfaces requiring lubrication.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine openings to receive coiling doors.
B. Correct substrate conditions which could prohibit proper
installation or operation before starting .installation
work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's directions and approved
submittal information.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Test and adjust doors to operate easily and be weather
sealed when closed.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean door assembly surfaces, removing dust, dirt, and
grease before final acceptance.
3.05 PROTECTION
A. After installation and before final acceptance, protect
coiling door assembly surfaces from scratches, dents, and
other damage.
B. Replace parts damaged during construction before final
acceptance.
END OF SECTION 08334
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
08334-4
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
SECTION
15050
15051
15060
15090
15100
15401
15405
15795
15820
15840
15900
.
-
-
AUGUSTA GOLF COURSE MAINTENANCE BUILDING
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Index
TITLE
General Provisions
Codes, Permits & Inspection
Firestopping
Mechanical Supporting Devices
Valves
Domestic Water Systems
Soil, Waste and Vent System
Electric Heaters
Fans
Air Distribution System
HVAC Controls
PAGE(S)
15050-1 - 15050-15
15051-1 - 15051-2
15060-1 - 15060-4
15090-1 - 15090-3
15100-1
15401-1 - 15401-5
15405-1 - 15405-4
15795-1
15820-1
15840-1 - 15840-4
15900-1 - 15900-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
SECTION 15050
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1. GENERAL
A. This Section covers the following:
1. Plumbing system complete to a point 5'-0" outside building,
including connections to water and sanitary systems.
2. Heating and ventilating system, complete.
B. Contractor Qualifications:
1. The Pl umbi ng Subcontractor shall have demonstrated profi ci ency
in the installation of plumbing systems by the successful
operat i on of systems of the type speci fi ed herei n. Such
systems shall have been installed in commercial or
institutional buildings having a minimum of 50 plumbing
fixtures (in a single building). The Subcontractor shall have
been in business as described above for a minimum period of
five years.
2. The HVAC Sub-Contractors shall have minimum qualifications as
foll ows:
a. Current Class II Conditioned Air Contractor License for
State of Georgia.
b. Have as part of the Firm a Qualified Service Department
on 24 hour call or have a written Agreement with such-a
Service Agency.
2. DEFINITIONS
A. The following definitions of terms are applicable to Division 15.
1. "Provide" shall mean "Furnish, Install and Connect."
2. "Piping" shall mean "pipe installed with all specified
fittings, valves, and accessories, and forming a complete
system. "
3. "HVAC" shall mean "Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning".
15050-1
PFA #98073
6/3/98
3. CONTRACT DRAWINGS
A. Arrangement of Mechanical Work shall be as shown. Drawings are not
intended to indicate all offsets and fittings. Examine Drawings,
investigate conditions to be encountered, and arrange work
accordingly; furnish all fittings and offsets.
B. Drawi ngs are not intended to show in detail exact 1 ocat ions and
connections for fixtures, equipment and accessories. Final
connections shall be as shown on approved shop drawings.
C. Measurement of drawings by scale shall not be used as dimensions for
fabrication. Measurements for locating fixtures, equipment,
ductwork, piping, and accessories shall be made on the site and
shall be based on actual job conditions. The Contractor shall be
responsible for all measurements.
4. COORDINATION
A. The Mechanical Work shall be coordinated with the work of other
trades to avoid conflict.
B. The Contractor shall study all plans and specifications for this
project and shall notify the Architect of any conflict between work
under this Division and work under other Divisions of the
Specifications. Particular attention shall be noted to interference
between piping, electrical, structural work, building openings and
ductwork.
5. OR EOUAL CLAUSE AND PRIOR APPROVAL:
-
A. When reference is made to trade names or the names of manufacturers,
such reference, unless noted, is made to desjgnate and identify the
qua 1 ity of materi a 1 s or equ i pment to be furn i shed and is not
intended to restrict competitive bidding. If it is desired to use
materials or equipment different from those mentioned, written
request for approval must reach the hands of the Architect at least
TEN DAYS prior to the date set for the opening of bids (send copy
directly to Engineer). The request for approval of the proposed
substitute must be accompanied by complete technical data in support
of the application.
B. Request for Prior Approval by Facsimile Mail (FAX) will not be
considered. Request shall be "hard copy" descriptive catalog data
or electrostatic copies via U.S. Mail, U.P.S. or Federal Express.
15050-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
6. LAYOUT BASIS
A. Equipment 1 isted on the drawings has been used for the physical
arrangement. When equipment listed as acceptable, equal or
equipment which has received "prior approval" is used, it shall be
the Contractor's respons i bi 1 i ty to provi de structural, ductwork,
electrical, service clearances or other changes required. Changes
shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. Submit list of
changes required along with Shop Drawings.
7. SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with the following: Submit shop
drawings and data sheets for approval on all items of equipment,
materials, and accessories furnished under this Division. Shop
drawings and specification data sheets shall show complete product
information, installation requirements, details and instructions,
and shall be marked to indicate compliance with requirements of
contract documents.
. B. Shop drawings shall be scaled or dimensioned drawings prepared by
the Contractor or manufacturers speCifically for this project.
C. See Electrical drawings for voltage, phase and ampacity of the power
supply for mechanical equipment. Manufacturer's model numbers shown
in the Mechanical Specifications or on the Mechanical Drawings are
not indicative of the power supply required. The responsibility for
providing mechanical equipment that is compatible with the
characteristics shown on the electrical drawings is the sole
responsibility of the contractor.
D. Submittals for all mechanical equipment requiring electrical
services shall be accompanied by a letter from the Electrical
Subcontractor certifying that the electrical characteristics of the
mechanical equipment are compatible with electrical power services
which will be supplied for the equipment.
E. Submit seven (7) copies of Shop Drawings in accordance with
requirements of the General Conditions. Submit clearly marked Shop
Drawings on all items of equipment, fixtures, materials and
accessori es furn i shed under thi s Di vi s ion. Each item shall be
identified by the Symbol used on the Drawings.
F. When Shop Drawings are reviewed, some errors will be detected but
others may be overlooked. Thi s does not grant the Contractor
permission to proceed in error. Regardless of any information
contained in the Shop Drawings, the requirements of the Drawings and
the Specifications shall be followed and are not waived or
superseded in any way by the Shop Drawing review.
15050-3
15050-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
8. PROTECTION OF WORK DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Provi de protect i ve covers, skids, plugs, caps and coat i ng to protect
equipment and materials from damage or deterioration during
construction. Covers will not be required for coated cast iron pipe
and fittings. Any pipe, hangers, or equipment that rllst during
construction shall be replaced or repaired to like new ccndition.
B. Store equipment and material under cover and off the ground.
C. For outdoor storage, protect i ve covers of sheet p 1 ast i c shall be
fitted. Covers shall be rei nforced to withstand wi nd and
precipitation. Set equipment and material on skids or platforms to
avoid deterioration from spattering and ground water.
D. Pl ug ends of pi pes when work is stopped to prevent debri s from
entering the pipes.
E. Close open ends of ductwork with temporary c 1 osure"s usi ng sheet
plastic taped in place on horizontal ducts and 26 gauge sneet metal
on vertical ducts.
F. No air handling system shall be operated during the construction
period without filters in place to filter air entering the fan.
G. Protect rotating parts of rotating equipment by sheet plastic taped
in place. After installation is completed dust and debris shall be
brushed, swept, or vacuum cleaned, then the protective covers shall
be removed. Should the protection be broken and bearings or shaft
seals be contaminated with foreign particles, such bearings and
shafts shall be removed for cleaning. The apparatus shall not be
started until the rotating parts are free of particles.
H. Fiberglass insulation shall not be installed until permanent roof is
installed or other suitable means of moisture protection is in
place.
9. EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND WARNING TAPES
A. Contractor shall provide protective system in trenching and
excavation in accordance with OSHA EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING STANDARD
54FR45894.
Generally there are four basic options:
1. Slope the excavation at no more than 1-1/2 horizontal to 1
vertical (34 degrees);
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
2. Use OSHA's appendices A & B for soil classification and
supports, shields or other systems;
3. Use other tabulated data prepared by or approved by a
registered professional engineer.
4. Have the system designed by a registered professional
engineer.
Operations at the Site: The Contractor shall locate and identify
all underground utilities (sewer, water, fuel, telephone, etc.)
before beginning work. Structural ramps and runways for equipment
and means of egress for personnel (ladder, stairway or ramp) shall
be provided. Potentially oxygen-deficient and hazardous atmospheric
contaminants shall be monitored, and where these conditions may
exist, rescue equipment must be standing by. Employees in bell-
bottom holes or other confined or deep excavations shall wear a
harness with a lifeline attached.
Water accumulation and soil saturation shall be watched carefully.
Inspections by a" "competent person" shall be carried out daily to
observe this and other conditions. Soil shall be placed at least
two feet back from the edge of the excavation. And physical barrier
protection shall be placed at the perimeter of all trenches, pits,
shafts, wells, etc.
B.
General. The Contractor shall perform all excavation to install
piping, structures and equipment specified in this Division of the
Specifications. During excavation, materials for backfilling shall
be piled back from the banks of the trench to avoid over-loading and
to prevent slides and cave-ins. All excavated materials not to be
used for backfill shall be removed and disposed of by the
Contractor. Grading shall be done to prevent surface water from
flowing into trenches and other excavations and water accumulating
therein shall be removed by pumping. All excavations shall be made
by open cut. No tunneling shall be done. All requirements of OSHA
shall be complied with.
Trench Excavation. The bottom of the trenches shall be graded to
provide uniform bearing and support for each section of the pipe on
undisturbed soil at every point along its entire length except that
bell-holes shall be dug after trench bottom has been graded.
Overdepths shall be backfilled with loose, granular, moist earth and
tamped to a compact i on at 1 east equal to that of the surround i ng
undi sturbed earth. Remove unstabl e soil that is not capabl e of
supporting the pipe and replace with specified material for a
minimum depth of 12" below invert of pipe.
C.
15050-5
15050-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
D. Backfilling. The trenches shall not be backfilled until all
specified pressure .tests are performed. The trenches shall be
backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling,
consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, and gravel or soft shale,
free from large clods of earth or stones, deposited in 6" layers and
tamped unt i1 the pi pe has a cover of not 1 ess than the adjacent
existing ground but not greater than 2" above existing ground. The
backfilling shall be carried on simultaneously on both sides of the
trench so that pipe is not displaced. The compaction of the filled
trench shall be at least equal to that of the surrounding
undisturbed material, except that trenches occurring under paved
areas or in areas to be fi 11 ed shall be backfi 11 ed in 6" maximum
layers and each layer compacted to 95% maximum density. Settling
the backfi 11 wi th water wi 11 not be permi tted. Any trenches not
meeting compaction requirements or where settlement occurs shall
have backfill removed down to the top of the pipe then backfill with
approved materials as specified hereinbefore.
E. Underground Warning Tapes: Provide polyethylene marking tapes to
warn excavators of underground pipe lines. Marking tape shall be
located approximately 12-inches above the underground piping.
Marking tape for non-metallic piping shall',be 6-inch wide Seton
6PIP-G Yellow .035" Metallic Detection Tape with wording "CAUTION -
Pipeline Buried Below".
Marking tape for meta 11 i c piping shall be2-i nch wide Seton 210
PIP-G Yellow .004" tape with wording "CAUTION - Pipeline Buried
Below" .
Equal products by Brady, Craftmark or Emed will be acceptable.
10. CLEANING AND PAINTING
A. General. Surfaces of metal, pipe, pipe supports, insulation, and
other materials and equipment furnished and installed under this
Section, where exposed and unpainted, shall be cleaned of all
grease, loose scale, dirt, rust and other foreign matter in
preparation for painting.
Unpainted or prime coated piping, pipe supports and equipment
located outside the building and in each Equipment Room, Boiler
Room, Penthouse, etc. shall be painted under this section (Section
15) .
Factory painted equipment (not prime coat) may be touch-up painted
if touch-up will not exceed 1% of the surface. Paint shall be brush
applied.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
B. Materials and Application. Paints, accessories, and methods of
application shall conform to requirements of Division - FINISHES.
All nameplates and controls shall be covered and protected during
painting. Provide one (1) primer coat and two (2) finish coats
enamel paint as follows:
Galvanized Surfaces
Insulated Surfaces
Machinery Gray
White, Semi-Gloss
Machinery Gray
Steel Supports and Hangers,
Exposed Steel Piping
Equipment (Interior Locations)
Touch up to match
factory finish
Selected by Architect
Equipment (Exposed to Weather)
Galvanized surfaces shall be primed with primer coat material
conforming to Fed. Spec. TT-P-641.
C. Weld.Joint.s~ All weld joints shall be wire brushed and shall be
free of slag and rust. Paint all weld joints with one coat of
rust-resisting finish after chipping and wire brushing.
11 . LABELS
A. Provide label for all equipment, fire dampers, smoke dampers,
switches, starters and controls (except space wall mounted
thermostats) furnished under this Section with engraved bakelite
labels indicating the name and/or function of each. Multi-position
switches shall have each function indicated on a single plate.
Example: EXH FAN - HIGH, LOW, OFF.
Labels shall be secured with a minimum of 2 brass machine screws or
aluminum Pop Rivets. Contact cement is not acceptable. Labels
shall have white letters on black background. Letters for equipment
labels shall be 1/4" minimum height. Where two or more pieces of
equipment of the same model, type, and capacity are furnished, each
piece shall be identified as No. 1 of No.2, in addition to the
equi pment symbol used in the Schedul e or Summary shown on the
Drawings. Bakelite labels for equipment shall be a minimum of 3/4"
high. Submit list of equipment labels.
12. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
A. Arrange formal instruction sessions for the operating personnel,
designated by the Using Agency covering:
15050-7
PFA #98073
6/3/98
1. General familiarization and operating procedures for the
entire mechanical installation.
2. Routine maintenance procedure for all mechanical equipment.
3. Specific operating and maintenance procedures for individual
mechanical equipment and fixtures.
4. Specific operating and maintenance procedures for the
Automatic Controls Systems.
B. The operating instructions shall be given after the systems have
been given the performance tests and balancing as specified
herei nafter and the performance tests have been approved by the
Arch itect.
...
13. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Furnish and deliver to the Architect for approval three manuals in
hardback binders covering details of operation and maintenance for
all apparatus requiring" service including:
.., -.. ~
1. Manufacturer's operating and maintenance'=manuals, including
parts lists, for each "piei::e- of equipment and accessory
requiring service or maintenance and the name, address and
phone number of the nearest sales and service organization for
each item.
2. Step-by-step procedure for starting and stopping each system.
3. Temperature control diagrams.
4. Approved Shop Drawings
B. A copy of the diagrams and start-stop procedure shall also be framed
under acrylic and mounted in each Mechanical Room.
14. SYSTEMS PERFORMANCE TESTS AND BALANCING
A. After testing and cleaning and after equipment has been checked out
as outlined under MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES, and all motors
requiring lubrication have been lubricated, each system including
all equi pment and component parts of the system shall be gi ven a
performance test to determine compliance with the specifications.
The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval the test
procedure to be followed for each system, including test data sheets
to be used. The Architect shall approve the results of the
equ i pment performance tests. The Contractor shall repeat
performance tests wh i ch are not approved by the Arch itect. The
15050-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
----
PFA #98073
6/3/98
-
I
.
. '----
~
~~
Contractor shall schedul~th~~tb~performance tests with the
Archi tect. The performance tests shall berur~-a--perio_d of not 1 ess
than six (6) consecutive hours. -
B.
Testing and Balancing shall be performed in complete accordance with
the National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating,
Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems, 5th Edition No., 1989 as
published by the Associate Air Balance Councilor Procedural
Standards for Testing - Balancing - Adjusting of Environmental
Systems as published by National Environmental Balancing Bureau
(NEBB) First Edition.
C.
Instruments used for testing and balancing of air and hydronic
systems shall have been calibrated within a period of six months
prior to balancing. All final tests analysis reports shall include
__letter of certification listing--instrumentation used and last date
of calibration. .
D.
The latest Edition of the Approved Associated Air Balance touncil
Specifications fo~ Air Systems and Air Distribution Test and Balance
___ and Chilled and Hot Water Systems Balance, and Procedural Standards
fOf-Te_s..t..ir)g -. Balancing - Adjusting of Environmental Balancing
Bureau (r-ttfm) ,--a-re ~hereby written out in full unless otherwise
required by project specifications.
E.
Testing and Balancing for cooling portions of the system shall be
performed at ambi ent temperatures above 850 F. and for heating
portions of system at ambient temperatures below 400 F.
Six copies of complete test reports shall be submitted to the
Architect prior to Final Inspection of project.
F.
G.
The tests shall be witnessed by and approved by the Architect.
H.
Submit to Engineer, a list of discrepancies noted during test's
balance phase of work.
The following items shall be measured and adjusted:
I.
1) Entering and leaving air temperature (WB and DB) within 12
inches of coil or heater inlet and fan outlet at each fan or
unit heater.
2)
Nameplate volts and amps and actual running volts and amps of
each phase at each motor 3/4 HP and 1 arger. (Data from
equipment on job and not submittal data.)
15050-9
PFA #98073
6/3/98
~
...~-
3)
~--- .-
Air quantjtyat---eaen supply, return and exhaust air device.
A.i-r-volume adjustment shall be made at volume dampers serving
branch ducts - not at dampers in grilles and registers.
~~-
15. SAFETY REOUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall comply with OSHA requirements as it applies to
the project and to the Contractor.
B. Provide guards shielding the perimeter and face of all belt drives,
shafts, and couplings. The guards shall be furnished as part of the
equipment and shall be removable.
1) Provide openings in guards opposite drive and driven shafts to
permit use of revolution counter.
-~ -- _.-~--
- -- -
C. All rough and jagged edges of equipment, ductwork, and piping shall
be ground smooth. All sharp or knife edges shall be rounded. Where
sharp or knife edges cannot be rounded, a U-channel constructed of
22 gauge galvanized sheet steel shall be secured over the edge.
D.
NO PRODUCTS SHALL BE INSTALLED WHICH CONTAINS ASB~S~~.
------- -
16.
DIELECTRIC ADAPTERS
--~
A. Dielectric adapters shall be provided between copper and iron pipe
connections and between any ferrous and non-ferrous piping or
equipment. Adapters shall have union ends up to and including 2" in
size and flanges over 2".
B. The adapters shall control the galvanic corrosion not exceeding 1%
of the short circuit current. The working pressure shall be rated
at 250 psig for unions and 175 psi for cast iron flanged unions.
The gaskets for flanged union shall be rated for the full
temperature range from 40 degrees F. to 250 degrees F.
17. SLEEVES
A. Sleeves through fire rated and smoke barrier walls, floors or
partitions shall be constructed, installed and sealed in a manner
that is acceptable to the Fire Marshal.
B. Pipes and ducts passing through masonry and concrete construction
(except concrete floor slabs on grade) shall be fitted with
sleeves. Sleeve shall extend through the construction and shall be
cut flush with each surface of the construction. EXCEPTION: Pipe
sleeves through all floors except slab-on-grade floors shall extend
2-inches above the finish floor. Insulation, unless noted, shall
be continuous through sleeves in non-rated walls, partitions,
15050-10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
c.
floors, etc. Sleeves shall be concentric with the pipes or ducts
and shall be large enough to provide clearance (1/4 inch mlnlmum,
3/4 inch maximum) between the insulation (or bare metal if not
insulated) and the inside of the sleeve, except as otherwise noted
on the drawings.
Duct penetrat ions through all floors except s 1 ab-on-grade floors
shall be fitted with a 16 gauge galvanized, 3 inch by 3 inch sheet
metal angle frame, having a hemmed edge at the top. Bottom flange
shall be set in a heavy bed (1/16 inch minimum bed of plastic roof
cement) and shall be fastened to the floor with powder actuated
fasteners on 8 inch centers. Wi pe up excess roof cement when
installation is complete. EXCEPTION: Where concrete curbs are
provided the sheet metal angle frame will not be required.
Sleeves shall be installed no later than the time of installation of
the pipe or duct.
Pipe sleeves for poure-d concrete shall be Schedule 40 galvanized
steel with anchor lugs for securing to forms.
D.
E.
F.
-Pi pe .s 1 eeves for masonry construct i on other than poured concrete
shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel and grouted in place.
Duct penetrations of concrete block or poured concrete walls or
floors shall be accurately located in advance of erection or
pouring. Provide sturdy wood or metal forms.
G.
Duct sleeves shall be 16 gauge (min.) galvanized steel welded with
clips for securing to form. The inside of the sleeves for poured
concrete shall be filled with compacted sand to retain the shape of
the sleeve.
H.
I.
Sleeves shall be installed with 3" (min.) clearance between sleeves.
The space between the inside of each sleeve and the pipe or duct
shall be sealed as detailed on the drawings. Sleeves through fire
rated walls, partitions or floors, shall be sealed in a manner and
with materials acceptable to the Fire Marshal and as described in
Section 15060 FIRESTOPPING.
J.
K.
Refer to drawings for other details of sleeves.
Piping thru concrete slabs on grade shall have 3/4" thick Armaflex
collar around the pipe for the full depth of the penetration.
15050-11
PFA #98073
6/3/98
L. Penetrations of pipe through rated walls or floors shall be
installed in accordance with U. L. Building Material Directory.
Throuqh-Penetration FirestoD Devices (XHCR) and Section 15060
FIRESTOPPING. When penetrating a fire resistive wall or fioor, the
wall or floor must be sealed back to its original fire integrity
with a material or product tested under a nationally recognized test
standard and at an independent test agency. Intumescent firestop
material (expands when heated) must be used for plastic pipe
penetrations of fire rated walls. Such material is available from
3M Fire Protection Products, Division of 3M, GE Silicones (Pensil)
or Hilti.
18. ELECTRICAL WORK
A.
of the
system
Electrical equipment furnished under this Section
Specifications. shall comply with the electrical
characteristics indicated on the Electrical Drawings.
B. Motors furnished with mechanical equipment shall comply with NEMA
Standards .regarding satisfactory operation within plus or minus ten
percent of motor nameplate voltage without adversely_affecting motor
performance or motor life. Nameplate .yoltage. shall be considered
the electrical system voltage indicated on the plans. All motors
shall be sized not to exceed 90% their full load rating when
operating under design conditions. Motors located outside the
building, unless provided with factory weather proofing, shall be
TEFC (Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled).
C. Motor control components furnished as an integral part of mechanical
equipment shall contain overload devices, sensitive to motor current
in each ungrounded leg of the power supply.
D. All starters for motors furnished under Division 15 - MECHANICAL
shall be provided under this Division 15. IEC type starters are not
acceptable. Holding coils, contacts, overload elements and
auxiliary contacts shall be field replaceable on starters. Unless
otherwise noted starters shall be, Non-Reversing, magnetic,
across-the-line with red run pilot light and melting alloy overload
relay in each current carrying conductor. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure
for interior location and NEMA 3R enclosure in exterior locations.
Where motors are electrically interlocked with other equipment,
auxiliary contacts shall be provided. Manually started motors shall
have heavy duty push button stations. Provide remote push button
station where starter is not at the controlling location.
Automat i ca lly started motors shall have Hand-Off-Auto switch in
cover. Starters for equipment operating above 250 volts shall be
furnished with transformers and holding coils for 120 volts.
15050-12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
Exception: Starters included as a component part of factory
assembled equipment.
E. Starters for single phase motors that are not automatically started
shall be manual type with thermal protection.
F. Overload heaters for each motor starter shall be selected to match
nameplate amp rating of respective motor in accordance with National
Electric Code, 1990.
G. Each starter and push button stat ion shall be i dent ifi ed with
engraved laminated bakelite nameplate with 1/4" high white cut
letters. Nameplates shall be secured with 2 brass screws or
aluminum pop rivets. Embossed plastic tape is not acceptable.
H. All power wiring for motors and starters will be provided under
Division Electrical. All Control and Interlock Wiring shall be
provided under Division Mechanical as specified hereinafter.
I. Starters shall be as manufactured by Cutler-Hammer, G. E. ,
Westinghouse, Challenger, Furnas, Allen-Bradley, Joslyn Clark,
Square D or Si emens. Manufacturers shall have a Stocki ng
Distributor within a 50 mile radius of the job site.
19. RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Contractor shall provide "Record" drawings showing location, size
and pipeline material of all new underground utility lines,
structures and devices installed under this Section of the work.
Util ity 1 ines shall be located horizontally by a minimum of two _
measurements taken from permanent structures (building corners, back
of concrete curbs, fi re hydrants, etc.). Measurements shall be
horizontal (not slope distances). Location point of utility line
shall show depth relative to a fixed datum or the elevation of an
permanent building floor level.
Drawings shall be prepared on a reproducible Mylar Velum, shall be
prepared by a professional drafter and shall show date, name of the
contractor and the drafter.
20. INSTALLATION
A. All piping and ductwork shall be concealed unless noted otherwise.
B. Contractor shall install ducts, piping, fixtures, and equipment in
a neat and workman 1 i ke manner as approved by the Arch itect, and
shall avoid conflict with other work. Service clearance recommended
in the manufacturers printed instructions shall be provided.
15050-13
PFA #98073
6/3/98
c.
Equipment shall be so arranged and fitted into available spaces that
working parts are accessible for service without damage to building
structure or finishes. Where building openings are provided,
equipment shall be so arranged for coil and/or tube removal through
openings.
Before construction starts, check locations of proposed equipment,
pipe and ducts. Review drawings, verify grades, elevations,
locations of structural elements, locations and sizes of chases and
walls, methods and type of construction of floors, walls and
partitions. Before start of construction report any unsatisfactory
condition, error in drawings or specifications or conflict between
mechanical and other trades.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
Establish location of foundations, walls, and chases affecting
location and layout of mechanical work. Locate sleeves, inserts and
supports for mechanical installations. Plan and coordinate the work
in advance of i nsta 11 at i on by other trades to avoi d cutt i ng and
patching of walls, floors and ceilings.
Check space limitations and verify" electric requirements before
ordering any equipment. Set large pieces of equipment inside
building before walls are erected where equipment is too large to
enter finished building.
E.
F.
Equipment and fixtures shall be installed in accordance with
manufacturer's templates and printed instructions, except in cases
of conflict with these specifications or contract drawings. In such
cases, confer with the Architect for decision.
G.
Contractor's attention is directed to invert elevations of existing
sewers and sewers i nsta 11 ed under another Di vi s ion. Contractor
shall be responsible for verifying invert eleva,tions of existing
sewers prior to installing any piping to assure minimum grades as
specified hereinafter. If invert elevations shown are incorrect the
Contractor sha 11 not i nsta 11 any new pi pi ng but shall transmit
written notice of the discrepancy to the Architect for correction.
Costs incurred for changes in the work in place as a result of
failure to notify the Architect before any piping is installed shall
be borne by the Contractor.
H.
Piping in the vicinity of electrical equipment: Do not run plplng
or locate equ i pment, with respect to switchboards, panel boards,
power panels, motor control centers, or dry type transformers:
1. Within 42" in front of service access area of equipment.
2. Within 36" of sides of equipment.
15050-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
3. Do not run piping through or above electrical equipment rooms.
Clearances apply vertically from floor to ceiling structures.
21. GUARANTY
A. See the General Conditions.
B. In addition to guaranty requi red by the General Conditions, the
compressors for the air conditioning units shall be provided with an
additional 4-year guaranty which shall cover replacement compressor
(Replacement Compressor Exchange).
C. Refrigerated water coolers shall be provided with 5-Year Limited
Warranty on compressor and refrigeration system.
END OF SECTION
15050-15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
1 . CODES
SECTION 15051
CODES. PERMITS AND INSPECTION
The requirements appearing in the latest edition with all amendments
of the following codes in effect as of the date of the opening of
bids shall apply to work performed under this Section:
A.
1) Standard Building Code (SBCCI)
2) Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI)
3) Standard Gas Code (SBCCI)
4) Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) with Georgia Amendments
5) Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI)
6) Georgia State Energy Code for Buildings as adopted by the
State Building Administrative Board pursuant to an Act
approved April 10, 1978 (Ga. L. 1978, p. 2212), as such code
exists on September 30, 1991
NFPA 70 National Electric Code
7)
8)
9)
10)
11 )
12)
2. PERMITS
NFPA 91 Blower and Exhaust System
AMCA Publication 303, Application of Sound Power Level Ratings
AMCA Publication 302, Application of Sone Ratings
AMCA Publication 201, Fans & Codes
36 CFR Part 1191 Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
Obtain all necessary Permits and Inspections required for the
installation of this work and pay all charges incident thereto.
Deliver to the Architect all certificates of inspection issued by
authorities having jurisdiction.
A.
.
.
I
15051-1
15051-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
B. Sewer tap fees, water tap fees, meter fees, Dept. of Labor Fees for
Boilers and Pressure Vessels and all other charges for work under
Division 15, including charges for excess service by the Gas Company
or any other Utilities shall be paid by the Contractor.
3. WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS
A. The workmanship and materials covered by these specifications shall
conform to all ordinances, requirements and regulations of the City,
County and/or other authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Codes and Standards for piping materials shall be as specified
hereinafter.
C. The above Codes & Standard Requirements are minimum. Where Contract
drawi ngs and specifi cat ions exceed the above Codes and Standard
Requirements then the Contract drawings and specifications shall
govern.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
SECTION 15060
FIRESTOPPING
1. GENERAL
A. References: The publications listed below form a part of this
specification to the extent referenced. The publications are
referred to in the text by basic designation only.
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM E84
(1987) Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials
(1983) Fire Tests of Through-Penetration
Fire Stops
ASTM E814
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSN. (NFPA) .
NFPA 70
(1990) National Electrical Code
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. (UL)
UL-01
(1991) Building Materials Directory
(Jan. 5, 1983, 1st Ed.; Rev. Jan. 20,1984)
Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops
UL-1479
B. Submittals: The following shall be submitted in accordance with
SECTION: 15050.7 SUBMITTALS:
.
.
-
1. Detail Drawings: Detail drawings of all types of penetrations
for rated assemblies shall be submitted and shall include
manufacturer's descriptive data, typical details, installation
instructions and the fire test data and/or report as
appropriate for the time-rated construction and location. The
fire test data shall include a certification by a nationally
recognized testing authority acceptable to standard building
code.
2. Certificates of Compliance: Where materials or equipment are
specified to comply with requirements of a particular agency,
proof of such compliance shall be submitted. The label or
listing of the specified agency will be acceptable evidence.
A copy of approved submittals shall be kept on jobsite.
15060-1
PFA #98073
6/3/98
C. General Requirements: Firestopping shall consist of furnishing and
installing a material or a combination of materials to form an
effective barrier against the spread of flame, smoke and gases, and
to maintain the integrity of the time-rated construction.
D. Storage and Delivery: Materials shall be delivered in the original
unopened packages or containers showing name of the manufacturer and
the brand name. Materials shall be stored off the ground and shall
be protected from damage and exposure to elements. Damaged or
deteriorated materials shall be removed from the site.
2. PRODUCTS
A. Firestopping Materials: Firestopping materials shall consist of
commerc i ally manufactured products comp 1 yi ng with the fo 11 owi ng
minimum requirements:
1. Fire Hazard Classification: Material shall have a flame
. spread of 25 or less, a smoke developed rating of 50 or less,
and a fuel contribution of 50 or less .,when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL ?g3. -- .,:- . - .
2. Nontoxicity: Material shall be nontoxic to human beings and
Non-corros i ve at all stages of app 1 i cat i on and duri ng fi re
conditions.
3. Fire Resistance and Hose Stream Tests: Firestopping
materi a 1 s shall be rated "F" and liT" in accordance with ASTM
_E814 or UL 1479 except that the liT" rat i ng may be based on
thermocouple placed one inch from a penetrating item in lieu
of direct attachment to penetrating items. Rating periods
shall conform to the following:
a. Time-rated floor or wall assemblies: 1,2,3, hours as
applicable.
b. Openings between floor slabs and curtain walls: 1,2,3,
hours as applicable.
C. Minimum 1 hour "T" rating on all floor penetrations
outside of a shaft wall enclosure.
4. Combustibility: Material shall be non-combustible when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 136.
15060-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/ea
5. Control and Expansion Joints: Firestopping materials used to
impede the passage of smoke and gases through control and
expansion joints shall be a type that will not interfere with
the expansion/contraction movement requirement of the joints.
When installed, firestopping materials shall provide the same
time-rated protection at the joints as the adjacent wall
ceiling, of floor construction.
6.
Approved Products:
Rectorseal Metacaulk
Flame Stop V Putty/Caulk
3M Fire Protection Products
Hi 1t i
G.E. silicones
Dow Corning
3. EXECUTION
A. 'F'restopping shall be installed at locations shown or specified in
accordance-with manufacturer's written instruction. Cutting and
patching of construction and . providing sleeves, where required,
shall be provided under this section. Firestopping shall be
provided in the following locations:
1. Duct and pipe penetrations through above grade floor slabs and
through time-rated partitions and fire walls.
2. Penetrations of vertical shafts such as pipe chases, elevator
shafts and utility chutes.
B. Filling of Voids:
1. Surface Preparation: Surfaces to be in contact with
firestopping material shall be free of dirt, grease or loose
material or other substances that may affect proper fitting or
the required fire resistance. Firestopping material shall
completely fill void spaces regardless of geometric
configuration, subject to tolerances established by the
manufacturer. Firestopping for filling voids in floors in
which the smallest dimension of the void is 4 inches or more,
sha 11 support the same load as the floor is des i gned to
support or shall be protected by a permanent barri er to
prevent loading or traffic in the firestopped area.
15060-3
PFA #98073
6/3/98
c.
Pipe and Ductwork:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Ductwork: Ductwork penetrating 1 hour assemblies without a
fire damper, insulated or uninsulated, shall have the voids
between the ductwork or insulation and the prepared opening
filled with firestoppin9 material. The material shall be
installed as recommended by the manufacturer.
2. Pipe: Pipes penetrating 1 hour or greater assemblies,
insulated or uninsulated, shall have the voids between the
pipe or insulation and the prepared opening filled with
firestopping material. The material shall be installed as
recommended by the manufacturer and tested by an approved
testing laboratory.
D.
Fire -Dampers: Fire dampers in ducts and penetrations of time-rated
construction shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the
requirements of SECTION: 15840 - AIR DISTRIBUTION SYS~~
---
------
Inspection: ~--- -
E.
1. Firestopped areas should be immediately inspectable.
2. Firestopping shall precede gypsum board finishing.
3. Firestopped areas shall not be covered or enclosed until
inspection is complete and approved.
END OF SECTION
15060-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
SECTION 15090
MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES
1. PI PE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Horizontal Piping: Hangers and supports shall be installed at
locations not more than 3 feet from equipment served, not more than
1 foot from each change in direction of piping and on straight runs
as herein specified. Hangers shall be provided with hanger rods and
nuts.
Hangers shall be sized to be in direct contact with the pipe except
that hangers on cold 1 i nes shall be sized to fit around pi pe
insulation and shall include pipe, insulation, and pipe covering
protection shield. Cold lines are defined as lines transporting
mediums below 55 Deg. F and shall include domestic cold water lines.
1) Hangers for copper tubi ng shall be PVC coated swi ve 1 loop
hanger Grinnell Fig. 97C, Elcen Fig. 91 or M-CO No. 102.
2) Hangers for steel pipe shall be galvanized steel clevis type,
Grinnell Fig. 260, Elcen Fig. 12 or M-CO 400.
3) Upper attachments for hangers (for connection to steel beams
and joist) shall be C-clamps with retaining clips and shall be
Grinnell Fig 86, Elcen Fig. 25L, or M-CO Fig 255L. Provide
Grinnell Fig. 281, Elcen Fig. 86 or M-CO Fig. 355 concrete
insert in concrete structure. Hanger rod shall be machine
threaded of same size as hanger tapping. Upper attachment for
connection to wood joists shall be coach screw rod and shall
be Grinnell Fig. 142, Elcen Fig. 74 or M-CO Fig 41.
4) Where piping runs parallel to joists or steel, provide steel
angle iron between structural members. Angle iron shall be
selected for loaded deflection not to exceed 1/360th of span.
5) Roller supports shall be M-CO No. 615 or equivalent by
Grinnell or Elcen
6) Hangers and supports shall be spaced as follows:
a) Copper Tubi ng shall be supported at not more than 6'
intervals for tubing up to 1-1/2" in size and not more
than 8' intervals for tubing 2" and larger.
15090-1
-
.
-
-
.
PFA #98073
6/3/98
b) Support steel pipes as follows:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Nomi na 1
Pipe
Size
Distance
Between
Supports
1/2"
3/4" - 1-1/2"
2" - 2-1/2"
3" - 4"
6" - 12"
6 ft.
8 ft.
10 ft.
12 ft.
14 ft.
c) PVC plplng shall be supported at intervals of not more
than four (4) feet. Pipe shall also be supported at all
branch ends and at all changes of direction. Support
trap arms as close as possible to the trap.
d) Piping underground shall be laid on firm bed for its
entire length.
B.
Vertical Piping: Piping shall be supported by riser clamps and
shall be Grinnell Fig. 261, Elcen Fig. 39 or M-CO Fig. 510.
Supports for copper tubing shall be same as above but tubing shall
receive two wraps of 2-1/2" wide 4 lb. sheet lead at support point
before clamp bolts are tightened. Riser clamps shall be supported
by the structure.
C.
Piping supported by UniStrut type supports and clamps in direct
contact with the pipe shall receive two (2) wraps of 2-1/2-inch wide
4-lb. sheet lead at support points before the clamp is tightened~
D.
Insulation Protection Shields:
1) Saddles shall be installed at each hanger point where hanger
fits around insulated piping.
2) Saddles shall be 22 gauge galvanized steel. Shields shall be
12" long.
a) Horizontal piping supported from hangers with vertical
hanger rods shall have shields encircling the bottom
1800 of the pipe insulation.
b) Horizontal or vertical piping supported by UniStrut type
supports and clamps shall have shields encircling 3150
of the pipe insulation.
15090-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
2. DUCTWORK
A. Ductwork. Ducts shall be supported as specified under AIR
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.
3. EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS AND SUPPORTS
A. Structural steel supports for equipment shall be as shown on the
drawings or as outlined below. The Contractor shall be responsible
for determining the final exact dimensions of equipment supports in
accordance with the manufacturer's approved shop drawings.
B. Equipment foundations or supports shall be as follows:
1) Angle Iron Frame: Unit Heaters.
END OF SECTION
.
.
15090-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
SECTION 15100
VALVES
1. GENERAL
A. All valves shall be installed to be accessible for operation or
service.
B. Valves shall have back seat allowing repacking under pressure.
C. Wherever possible, valve stems and handles shall be placed at an
angle above the horizontal to avoid dirt collection.
2. PLUMBING
A. Gate Valves
1. For Copper Tubing: Valves shall be B62 bronze body, rlslng
stem, solid wedge, inside screw bonnet with solder joint ends
and rated at 125 WSP, 200 WOG. Valves shall be Hammond IB635,
Kitz 44, Milwaukee 149, Nibco S-111 or Stockham B-108 or Watts
B3101. (Hammond IB647, Kitz 41, Milwaukee 115, Nibco S-113,
Stockham 8-104 or Watts B3001 non-rising stem for underground
valves.)
END OF SECTION
15100-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
SECTION 15401
DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS
1. DESCRIPTION
A. Refer to Section 15050 GENERAL PROVISIONS, Excavation, Trenching,
Backfilling and Warning Tapes. Provide underground Warning Tapes
for all underground pipelines outside the building.
B. Provide complete systems of cold and hot water piping and
accessories from a point 5' -0" outside the building and as noted on
drawings, to each future fixture and piece of water-using equipment
including fixtures or equipment furnished by the Owner or under
another Section of the Specifications.
2. PIPING SYSTEM
A. Piping, solder or flux used on domestic water systems provided for
this Project shall be "lead free". Lead free is defined as less-
than 0.2 percent lead in solder and flux and less than 8.0 percent
in pipes and fittings.
3. PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Pipe and fittings shall be as listed herein and shall be used on the
services indicated~
B. Underground water supply 1-1/4" and larger: Type "K" hard drawn,
Fed. Spec. No. WW-T-799 copper tubing with wrought copper fittings
for sweat type joi nts. Provide soft temper without joi nts for
underground pipe I-inch and smaller where underslab piping "loops"
from fixture to fixture.
C. Aboveground water supply: Type "L" hard drawn,
Fed. Spec. No. WW-T-700 copper tubing with wrought copper fittings
for sweat type joints.
4. JOINTS
A. Do not use solder that contains lead. Piping, solder or flux used
on domestic water systems provided for the project should be "LEAD
FREE". Lead Free is defined as less than 0.2 percent lead in solder
and flux and less than 8.0 percent in pipes and fittings.
.
.
-
-
15401-1
-
.
.
PFA #98073
6/3/98
B. Copper tubing and fittings shall be cleaned bright with sand cloth
and tubi ng brush, tubi ng coated with No-Krode fl ux and inserted
fully into fitting. Aboveground joints shall be made with Bridgit
solder. Underground joint shall be made with Sil-Fos or equal high
temperature 1200 degrees F. melting point brazing compound. Use
copper to screw pipe adapters at screwed valves or fittings.
1. All flux shall be compatible with the alloy used for joints.
5. ACCESSORIES
A. Wall Hydrants: Shall be as scheduled on the Drawings.
Equa 1 products by Josam, Woodford, Smith, Wade or Zurn wi 11 be
acceptable.
B. Hose Bi bbs: Hose bi bbs shall be as schedul ed on the Drawi ngs.
Equal products by Tanner, Prier or-Nibco will be acceptable.
C. Loose Key Handles: Provide 1 additional loose key handle for every
5 wall hydrants and/or hose bibbs or a fraction thereof.
D. Vacuum Breakers: Vacuum breakers shall be chrome plated for hose
bibbs. Watts No. 8A or Nidel No. 3/4 HD. Vacuum breakers for wall
hydrants shall be non-freeze, vandal-proof type.
E. Vacuum Relief Valves: Provide Watts No. N36 or equal for bottom
feed water heaters.
F. Double check valve type backflow preventer: Install unit at
locations indicated on the Drawings. A double check valve assembly
sha 11 be provi ded at referenced cross connections to prevent the
backflow of polluted water into the potable water supply. The cross
connect ions shall be determi ned by 1 oca 1 inspect i on authority for
use where a high hazard situation does not exist. It shall be a
complete assembly including four ball-type test cocks and shut-off
valves. A strainer upstream of the device shall be provided.
The device shall meet the requirements of A.S.S.E. Std. 1015; AWWA
Std. C506 and shall be Watts Regulator Company Series 007.
Equal products manufactured by Hersey or Febco will be acceptable.
15401-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
6. INSTALLATION
A. Piping:
1. Changes indirection and sizes shall be made with standard
fitt i ngs.
2. Unions: Install 125 lb. sweat pattern unions where shown and
at connection to each fixture or piece of equipment. Install
dielectric unions or insulating flange sets where copper
piping systems connects to ferrous piping systems.
3. Provide gate valve at each piece of equipment requiring water
servi ce. Provide fi xture stops, ri sers, fi xture traps and
setting material, for fixtures and equipment furnished under
this Section (Domestic Water System) and equipment provided by
others.
4. Joints: Ends of pipe shall be reamed; pipe and fittings shall
be cleaned. Aboveground sweat joints shall be made using
Bridgit solder. Use non-corrosive flux. Underground joints
shall be made using Sil-Fos brazing alloy.
5. Where pipe penetrates floor slab on grade, install 1/2
in. thick foam plastic insulation extending 3 inches beyond
concrete, top and bottom.
6. Runouts to wall hydrants, hose bibbs, gate valves, and fixture
stops, shall be securely anchored in place at the fixture stop
to prevent pipe movement at this point.
7. All underground piping outside the building shall have a
minimum of 30 inches of cover unless otherwise noted.
Interior piping shall have a minimum of 18 inches of cover.
8. Cl.earance between sewer and water lines shall be in accordance
wi th the Recommended Standards for Sewage Works (Ten State
Standards) .
9. Pipe above ceiling shall be run below the building insulation.
Run piping as close to ceiling as possible and "arch" building
insulation over piping. Be certain there are no voids between
insulation batts.
B. Accessories:
1. Wall hydrants and hose bibbs: Install in locations shown; set
with flanges flush against wall surfaces. Anchor securely in
place.
15401-3
PFA #98073
6/3/98
2. Backflow Preventers: Provide indirect drain fitting at vent
connections and extend drain full size to nearest drain or as
shown on drawings.
3. Vacuum Breakers: Install on wall hydrants and hose bibbs in
accordance with manufacturer's templates. Adjust non-freeze
type for drainage.
4. Floor, wall and ceiling plates: Install on pipes passing
through floors, walls, or ceilings, except in chases or above
ceilings. Set tight against finish surface.
7. DISINFECTION OF PIPING
A. The potable water system shall be adequately disinfected as per
Federal Specifications BB-C-120 and subsequent to the disinfection,
water samples shall be sent to the local Health Department (LHD) for
testing. LHD approval shall be obtained before the system is put
into service.
B. Each unit of the completed water supply lines and distribution
systems shall be disinfected BEFORE IT IS PLACED IN OPERATION. The
system shall be filled with a chlorinated water solution containing
not less than fifty (50) parts per million of chlorine solution.
Following a contact period of not less than twenty-four (24) hours,
the chlorinated water shall be flushed from the system with clear
water unt i 1 the res i dual ch 1 ori ne content is not greater than
two-tenths (0.2) parts per million.
C. Contractor shall submit to the Architect, in triplicate a letter of
Cert ifi cat i on from an independent Testing Lab acceptabl e to the
Georgia Department of Public Health stating that the above
disinfection procedure has been completed satisfactorily.
8. INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING SERVICES
A. Exercise care so as not to cut any existing utilities or services.
Where an existing utility line or service line is cut it shall be
repaired to "like-new" condition. Interruption of service shall not
be made without prior written permission of the Owner.
B. Plumbing Systems shall remain in service during construction.
Arrange with the Owner well in advance of shutdown required for tie-
ins. Disconnecting, capping and/or tie-in shall be done in a manner
that will allow the system to be returned to service in no less than
4 (four) hours. Shutdowns sha 11 be made after normal occupancy
hours if so directed by the Owner. No additional monies will be
paid for after-hours shutdowns.
15401-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
9. TESTING PIPE
A. General: Piping to be concealed and/or insulated shall be tested in
place before concealing or covering. Tests shall be conducted in
the presence of the Arch itect or his des i gnated representat i ve.
Piping located underground shall be tested before backfilling.
Equipment, materials and instruments for tests shall be furnished by
the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner.
B. Water Piping: Upon completion of the roughing-in and before setting
fixtures, the entire hot and cold water piping system shall be
tested at a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 150 lbs. per
square inch gauge, and proved tight at this pressure for not less
than 4 (four) hours. Where a portion of the water piping system is
to be concealed before completion, this portion shall be tested
separately in a manner described for the entire system.
The pressure/leakage test shall be conducted in accordance with AWWA
Standard C600-87, Section 4. The formula to be used to calculate
the allowable leakage per hour shall be L = SD(P).s/133200.
Where L = allowable leakage (gals./hr.)
S length of the pipeline tested (feet)
D diameter of pipe (inches)
P average test pressure (psig).
END OF SECTION
.
.
15401-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
SECTION 15405
SOIL. WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM
1. DESCRIPTION
A. Refer to Section 15050 GENERAL PROVISIONS, Excavation, Trenching,
Backfilling and Warning Tapes. Provide underground Warning Tapes
for all underground pipelines outside the building.
B. Complete interior system of soil, waste and vent piping to 5'-0"
outside of building, or as noted on drawings.
C. Provide waste and drain connections for equipment furnished by Owner
or under another Division of the Specifications. Make final
connections to fixtures or equipment.
2. PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Soil, waste and vent pipe and fittings to a point five feet outside
the building and as indicated in the drawings, shall be:
1) Aboveground and Below Ground: Schedule 40 PVC pipe
conformi ng to ASTM D2665 wi th solvent weld PVC drainage
pattern fittings. All piping shall bear NSF approval stamp.
3. ACCESSORIES
A. Floor drains, cleanouts, hydrants and water hammer arrestors and
roof drains: Items shall be as shown in the schedul e or on the
drawings complete with accessories shown and as noted otherwise.
Items shall be J. R. Smith as shown in the ,schedule.
Items of equal construction and performance as determined by
manufacturer's comparison charts and as manufactured by Zurn, Wade,
Josam or Jonespec will be acceptable.
.
-
.
Where i nd i cated on the drawi ngs and where requ i red by the Local
Authority, floor drains shall be fitted with trap primer connections
or floor drain riser shall have a fitting to receive the priming
water.
Cleanout plugs shall be bronze.
Water closet flanges for PVC piping system shall be Charlotte Fig
No. 812 with metal ring.
15405-1
15405-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
B. Cleanouts: Cleanouts shall consist of long sweep fittings to an
accessible location. Cleanouts shall be of type indicated on the
Drawings and shall be Smith, Wade, Josam, Jonespec or Zurn.
C. Traps: Each fixture and piece of equipment including floor drains
and hub drains, including fixtures or equipment provided under
another Section, requiring connections to the drainage system shall
be equipped with a trap placed as near to the fixture as possible.
No fixtures shall be double trapped. Traps for floor drains and hub
drains shall be deep seal "P" traps. All other traps unless noted
shall be supplied under Section - PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT.
Provide Trap Primers where indicated on the Drawings. Connect to
nearest water supply and extend to floor drains.
D. Flashing: Unless otherwise noted, vent pipes shall be flashed and
made watertight at the roof with 4 pound sheet lead.
flashing shall extend not less than 12 inches from the vent pipes in
all directions. Flashings for vent pipes shall be extended, up the
vent pipes and shall be turned down into the pipe a minimum of 1".
Flashing thru metal roofs shall be of the type specifically approved
by the metal roof manufacturer. Installation shall be in strict
accordance with the roof manufacturers printed details and
instructions and shall be acceptable to the roof manufacturer.
4. INSTALLATION
A. Soil, Waste and Drain Piping:
1._ Under no circumstances shall bricks, blocks or other supports
be used to bring pipe to grade.
2. Horizontal soil, waste and drain piping 4" and larger shall be
given a minimum grade of 1/8 inch per foot unless otherwise
indicated on the drawings. Piping 3" and smaller shall have
minimum grade of 1/4" per foot. Main vertical soil and waste
stacks shall be extended full size to the roof 1 i ne and 9"
above as vents, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings.
Locate plumbing vent terminals so they are a minimum of 10
feet horizontally from air intakes. Changes in pipe size or
direction shall be made with standard fittings. Bushings are
not acceptabl e. Fittings shall be same wei ghtlSchedul e
classification as the pipe on which they are installed.
Reduction of the size of drainage piping in the direction of
flow is prohibited. Vent or tap Tees will not be permitted on
waste lines.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
.
.
I
3. Cleanouts: After cleanout is set the cleanout plug shall be
removed, the male threads lubricated with white non-hardening
teflon lubricant equal to Real Tuf as manufactured by Hercules
and the plug reinstalled and tightened to 20 inch pounds.
Exterior cleanouts shall not be lubricated until after
concrete pads have been poured. Remove all traces of concrete
from the Cleanout Top.
B.
Accessories:
1. Floor Drains: Install in locations shown.
2. Hub Drains: Install in locations shown; provide increaser
fitting and set hub rim 1/2 inches (max.) above finish floor
level. Provide loose set cast iron bar grate in increaser.
3. Cl eanouts shall be of size and type and shall be provi ded as
indicated on the drawings and where required by Code. They
shall be the same size as the pipe on which installed except
the maximum cleanout size shall be 4". Cleanouts in carpeted
areas shall have carpet markers.
4. Exterior Cleanouts: Set flush in concrete surfaces. Verify
elevations after concrete forms are set and before concrete is
placed. In unpaved areas set flush with finish grade with 18"
x 18" x 12" 3000 psi concrete pad. Compact earth around
cleanout body before forming for concrete pad.
5. Traps: Each fixture and piece of equipment including floor
drains and hub drains requiring connections to drainage system
shall be equipped with trap placed as near to fixture as
possible. Traps for floor drains and hub drains shall be deep
seal "P" traps.
6. Vent Pipe Flashing unless otherwise noted: Preformed 4
lb. sheet lead flashing extending 8" minimum onto roof all
around vent. Turn down into vent pipe 1" minimum. Flashings
used with single membrane roofs - see Section Roofing.
C.
Pipe Joints:
1. Joints for PVC pipe shall be made with the specific type
solvent cement as recommended by pipe manufacturer.
15405-3
PFA #98073
6/3/98
2. Joints between cast iron soil pipe and clay pipe or PVC pipe
and clay pipe or other dissimilar materials shall be made with
Fernco flexible couplings.
5. TESTING SOIL. WASTE AND VENT SYSTEMS
A. General: Concealed and insulated plplng shall be tested in place
before conceal i ng or coveri ng. Tests shall be conducted in the
presence of the Architect or his designated representative. Piping
located underground shall be tested before backfilling. Equipment,
materi a 1 sand instruments for tests shall be furni shed by the
Contractor without additional cost to the Owner.
B. Drainage and Venting Piping: The piping of the drainage (including
roof drain piping) and venting system shall be tested with water
before i nsta 11 i ng fi xtures. Water tests shall be app 1 i ed to the
drainage and venting system either in its entirety or in sections.
If the Test is applied-to the entire system, all openings in the
piping shall be plugged except the highest opening, and the system
shall be filled with water and tested with at least a 10 ft. Head of
water. If the system is tested in sections, each opening except the
highest opening of the section under test shall be plugged and each
sect ion shall be fi 11 ed wi th water and tested with at 1 east a 10
foot head of water above the floor level on which the fixture is
installed. In testing successive sections, at least the upper 10
feet of the next precedi ng section shall be tested so that each
joint or pipe in the building except the uppermost 10 feet of the
system has been submitted to a test of at least a 10 ft. head of
water. The water shall be kept in the system or in the port ion
under test, for at least 30 minutes before the inspection starts;
the system shall then be tight at all joints.
Fi na 1 test with smoke, as descri bed is Standard Pl umbi ng Code
paragraph A103.8.7.3 shall be imposed if Architect requires
assurance that the waste and vent system is gas tight.
END OF SECTION
15405-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
SECTION 15795
ELECTRIC HEATERS
1. UNIT HEATERS
A. Unit shall be Q-Mark type MUH horizontal/vertical unit heaters with
heating and air delivery capacities as shown on the heating
schedule. The cabinet shall be made of 18 gauge die formed,
furniture grade steel. Provide individual adjustable louvers with
30 degree downward stops. All metal surfaces of the casing shall be
phosphatized and finished in baked enamel.
Heating element shall be finned metal sheath type.
thermal over-heat protection shall be provided.
shall have protective air inlet louvers.
C. All heaters drawing in excess of 48 amperes shall be provided with
factory installed subdivided circuits of 48 amps or less.
B.
Automatic reset
Heat i ng element
D. Motors shall be of the totally enclosed, continuous heavy-duty all-
angle operation equipped with built-in thermal overload protection.
E. Fans shall be propeller type directly connected to the fan motor.
F. Provide 24 volt transformer, unit mounted adjustable 40 degrees F.
to 85 degrees F. remote bulb thermostat. EXCEPTION: Provide wall
thermostat where indicated on drawings or schedule.
G. All heaters shall be U.L. listed and meet the requirements of the
National Electrical Code.
H. Equal products meeting the above specifications as manufactured by.
Markel, Berko, Singer, Brasch or Raywall will be acceptable.
END OF SECTION
15795-1
.
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
PFA #98073
6/3/98
SECTION 15820
FANS
1. GENERAL
A. All fans shall bear the AMCA Certified Performance Rating Seal for
Air. Fan sound level shall not exceed catalog value for the fan
listed on the Drawings or Fan Schedule.
B. Single phase belt driven motors shall be capacitor start, induction
run type, resiliently mounted with ball bearings.
2. WALL EXHAUST FAN (PROPELLER TYPE)
A. Fan shall be propeller type with baked enamel finish on steel
construction. Fan shall be complete with motor, hub, blades, driven
components, panel, mounting coJlar, backdraft dampers, motor side
guard and disconnect switch. Fan blades shall be broad blade
design. Fan shall be direct or belt driven as scheduled on the
Drawings. V-belt drive pulley shall be adjustable type. Fans shall
be Greenheck, Cool Air, Peerless, Breidert, Penn or Acme.
END OF SECTION
.
15820-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
SECTION 15840
AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
1. SHEET METAL DUCTWORK
A. General:
1. Wa 11 Penetrat ion Schedul e: Sheet metal subcontractor shall
provide for the contractor a list of wall openings, floor
openings, ceiling openings, roof openings, etc. List shall
include locations, size and height of bottom of opening above
floor. Submit duplicate copy to Architect. Breaking out or
saw cutting of new construction will not be allowed.
2. Ductwork drawi ngs do not show all offsets and trans it ions that
may be required. Contractor shall make a job-site survey at
vari ous stages of - construct i on and coordi nate with other
trades to determine where offsets or transitions are required
before making drawings from which the. ductwork will be
fabricated.
3. Requests for extras for reasons such as, "The duct is already
fabri cated and wi 11 not fit." wi 11 not be cons i dered.
4. Furnish and install duct systems indicated andlor specified.
Fabrication and erection shall be by mechanics skilled and
experienced in the sheet metal trade. Ductwork system shall
be installed to be completely free of vibration noises under
all conditions of operations.
5. Submit Shop Standards RECTANGULAR DUCT CONSTRUCTION and
REINFORCEMENT. Submittal shall identify duct gauge,
reinforcement spacing, Code Grade, all as shown in SMACNA DCS
Appendix. Standing Drive Slip T-2 shall not be used.
6. The duct systems shall be classified as follows:
a. Low Pressure: All ductwork except Special Ducts and
Metalwork.
b. Special ducts and metalwork: Gas appliance vents and
plenums.
2. METAL DUCTWORK
A. The following ductwork is included:
15840-1
Ii
.
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
1. Supply, return, outside and exhaust air.
B. Ductwork unless otherwise noted, shall be constructed of galvanized
steel and shall be fabricated and erected in strict accordance with
First Edition 1985 HVAC Duct Constructions Standards (DCS) Narrow
Scope Table 1-4 Ex. publ ished by Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning
Contractor's National Association (SMACNA). Pressure velocity
classification shall be low pressure for 1" W.C. static pressure
(positive or negative) with Class "C" seal. All transverse joints
and branch intersections shall be sealed. Snaplock seams and joints
shall be sealed. Use Foster 30-02, M.E.l. 4441, Childers CP-72
flame resistant high velocity duct sealant to seal joints.
C. Low Pressure Duct Construction:
1. Duct joints and locks shall be as illustrated in SMACNA DCS.
Lap joints, except on round ducts, will not be acceptable.
2. Transitions and offsets shall be as per SMACNA Fig. 2-9.
Provide 3" wide sheet metal wall flange where duct penetrates
walls in partitions or ceilings in finished areas.
3. Supply and return branch takeoffs for rectangular ducts shall
be as shown on drawings and for round branch ducts shall be
equal to Crown No. 306 adjustable takeoff fitting or
Flexmaster Model STO. Spin-in fittings are not acceptable.
Each branch duct shall be fitted with manual volume damper
with elevated operator.
4.
Sleeves shall be. provi dedwhere ducts penetrate
partiti9ns, smoke partitions, or floor slabs.
wall s,
3. DUCT SUPPORTS
A. All other ductwork shall be supported from structure above with
ga 1 van i zed iron bands of sizes and gauges set forth in SMACNA
Manuals specified hereinbefore. Do not use nails in tension at
upper attachment.
B. Hangers shall extend down side of duct, turn under 1-1/2" minimum
and be secured with sheet metal screws to the sides and bottom of
the duct. Hangers shall be installed before insulating duct.
15840-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
4. FABRICATION
A. Ducts shall conform to dimensions shown: Aspect ratio (width by
height) of duct may be changed but cross-sectional area of altered
duct shall not be less than that of duct indicated. The width to
height ratio of altered ducts shall not exceed 4 to 1. Changing
exposed round ductwork to square or rectangular is not acceptable.
Ducts shall be straight and smooth on inside. Provision shall be
made for expansion and contraction of ductwork. Internal ends of
slip joints, unless noted otherwise, shall be installed in direction
of flow.
Elbows shall be minimum centerline radius of not less than 1-1/2
times width of duct unless otherwise indicated; where elbow is
installed with centerline radius less than specified above, turning
vanes shall be installed per Fig. 2-2, Type RE3.
Elbows with cheek pieces smaller than 12 inches shall be full radius
type. -
Square throat-round heel elbows shall not be used.
B. All sides of rectangular ducts over 12" shall be cross-broken or
shall be provided with roll seams 12" O.c.
C. All other details of fabrication shall be as specified in SMACNA
Manuals listed hareinbefore.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all dimensions, clearances,
and arrangements of ducts to avoid conflict. The drawings show the
general arrangements and approximate locations of ductwork. Actual
job conditions shall be used to determine measurements and
arrangements. Where the Contractor prefabricates ductwork based on
the Contract drawings, he shall be responsible for all dimensions.
Where actual job conditions require Contractor to modify pre-
fabricated ductwork, the Contractor shall make all changes without
additional cost to the Owner.
5. INSTALLATION
A. Ductwork:
.
-
.
1.
General: Ductwork systems shall be installed to be free of
vibration noises under all conditions of operation. Grilles
and other accessories shall not be installed on joints.
-
-
2. Ductwork shall be erected, joints sealed and accepted by the
Architect before insulation is applied - do not pre-insulate
duct sections.
15840-3
PFA #98073
6/3/98
B.
3. Provide angle flange and gasket to all equipment having flange
connections. Provide supports and install duct systems, duct
1 i ner, and accessori es in accordance with requi rements of
SMACNA Manuals and/or hereinbefore specified.
Supports:
1. Duct support details shall be as outlined in SMACNA Manuals
specified hereinbefore. Provide beam clamps as specified for
attachment of supports to structure steel. Powder actuated
fasteners may be used in concrete slabs. Coated nails may be
used in wood frame construction.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Supports contacting the duct shall not be less than 1 inch
wide.
END OF SECTION
15840-4
.
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
SECTION 15900
HVAC CONTROLS
1. CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Automatic temperature control system shall be of the Electric (not
Electronic) type furnished and installed under this Section (Section
15 Mechanical).
B. Control system shall be furnished by a recognized Branch Office of
the control device manufacturer.
C. All line and low voltage control and interlock wiring for all items
provided or included in DIVISION 15 shall be provided under this
Division (HVAC CONTROLS) and installed in accordance with the
requirements of Division 16 (ELECTRICAL). All wiring shall be
minimum of 16 ga. (low voltage), 12 ga. (line voltage) with 600 volt
insulation, installed in galvanized EMT or rigid conduit.
Routing of that portion of conduit or raceway that is exposed shall
be run adjacent to the power wiring conduit.
All conduit or raceways shall be concealed.
.
.
All power wiring (for control devices) that is not included or
provided in other Sections of the work shall be provided by this
Section (HVAC CONTROLS). The nearest unswitched electrical circuit
shall be the source of power.
The Control Firm shall select and provide control voltage for
operation of control system. Voltage selection shall be based on
the building layout, control sequences and specific operating
characteristics of controlled components. The Control Firm shall be
responsible for coordinating the control voltage of devices which
are integral with mechanical equipment supplied under Section 15000
MECHAN I CAL by other vendors. Th is shall i nc 1 ude but, not 1 i mi ted
to, control voltage for wall heaters, unit heaters, louvers and
damper motors, fan starters, pump starters, etc.
All controls shall be Commercial (not Residential) grade.
1) All wiring, switches, relays, or other devices required by the
control system shall be furnished under this Section.
2) Control devices shall be identified by nomenclature indicated
on cont ro 1 drawi ngs, funct i on and setpoi nt with engraved
laminated bakelite nameplates with 3/16" (minimum) high
letters. Nameplates shall be affixed to the surface on which
15900-1
PFA #98073
6/3/98
3)
the device is attached (not the device cover). Cadmium plated
screws shall be used to secure the nameplate. Example - RELAY
R-l.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Submittals shall include the following:
a. A 1 adder type cont ro 1 diagram, color coded, and with
identified terminals shall be submitted to and approved
by the Architect pri or to starting any work. The
control sub-contractor shall obtain from the
manufacturer's of the equipment to which he must
connect, a control diagram showing the unit wiring and
shall show all or part of the diagram on his control
diagram.
b. Descriptive literature for each control device.
4)
The control system shall be checked out on heating and "as-
bui lt 11 Framed Photostat of control diagram posted-. Owners
shall be instructed in operation of the system and a
cert i fi cate stating that the above requi rements have been
accomplished shall be sent to Architect prior to Final
Inspection.
All Starters, disconnect switches, switches, controllers,
relays and valves shall be identified with engraved laminated
plastic nameplates. Nameplates shall show function of the
device and design set point.
All control transformers shall be fused on the primary and
secondary sides.
5)
6)
7)
Method of all interlock and control wiring shall be as
recommended by the manufacturer of the specific item of
equipment.
8)
Firestats: Firestats shall be manual reset type and shall be
installed in fan and AHU system having capacity of 1,000 CFM
or 1 arger or fan wheels 12" diameter and 1 arger or AHU' s
serving area used for egress. Fans shall be arranged to shut
down automat i ca 11 y when the temperature of the air in the
system becomes excessive, as from a fire. For this purpose
approved fixed temperature thermostatic devices shall be
provided as follows:
a. With a setting not in excess of 165 degrees F., at a
suitable location in the return air stream prior to
exhausting from the building or being diluted by outside
air.
15900-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PFA #98073
6/3/98
2. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
A. Firestat/Air Handl ing Unit: Firestat shall, upon sensing
temperatures in excess of the setpoint, de-energize the unit fan.
B. Unit Heater: Unit shall be controlled by thermostat furnished with
the unit.
C. Exhaust Fans:
1) See Fan Schedule for control sequence.
END OF SECTION
~
15900-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
THE SPECSYSTEM SERVICE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND
AND SUBJECT TO THE DISCLAIMERS AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY IN THE USER
I AGREEMENT AND THOSE AGREED TO BY THE USER AT THE START OF THE USE OF
THE SPEC SYSTEM SERVICE. NEITHER THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,
MCGRAW-HILL, INC., THEIR AFFILIATES NOR ANY THIRD PARTY WHO HAS PARTICIPATED
_ IN DEVELOPING, MARKETING, OR DISTRIBUTING THE SPECSYSTEM SERVICE SHALL
- HAVE ANY OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION
FURNISHED THROUGH THE SPECSYSTEM SERVICE.
.
MASTERSPEC Q&A
MASTERSPEC Q&A Specification Language and Data Copyright (c) 1993,
The American Institute of Architects. All Rights Reserved.
MASTERSPEC Q&A Software Copyright (c) 1993, McGraw-Hill, Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
All use of MASTERSPEC Q&A is subject to
the terms and conditions of the User Agreement.
* *
*
*
*
*
*
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Section 01010 - Summary of Work *
Date Section Was Assembled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/12/1998 *
Number of Updates to Total MASTERSPEC Q&A Text Since Release . *
Most Recent Update to Total MASTERSPEC Q&A Text. . . . . . . . *
*
*
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS INDEX
EDC' 98065
MAINTENANCE BUILDING
FOR
AUGUSTA GOLF COURSE
SECTION
PAGES
16000 GENERAL 16000-1 thru 16000-11
16010 LIGHTING AND POWER
PANELBOARDS 16010-1 thru 16010-3
16015 FUSES 16015-1. -thru 16015-2
16020 RACEWAYS 16020-1 thru 16020-6
16030 CONDUCTORS 16030-1 thru 16030-3
16040 OUTLETS 16040-1 thru 16040-2
16050 WIRING DEVICES & DEVICE PLATES 16050-1 thru 16050-5
16060 LIGHTING FIXTURES & LAMPS 16060-1 thru 16060-3
16070 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16070-1 thru 16070-2
16090 PHOTO CONTROL & CONTACTOR 16090-1
16100 PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION
BOXES AND FITTINGS 16100-1
16110 GROUNDING 16110-1 thru 16110-6
16120 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 16120-1
16130 TELEPHONE CONDUIT & OUTLET
SYSTEM 16130-1
16220 CONSTRUCTION REVIEWS
INSPECTION AND TESTING 16220-1 thru 16220-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
1.01
1.02
1.03
I
.
EDen 98065
.
SECTION 16000
GENERAL
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
A. All work of Section 16 shall comply with the
requirements of:
1. General Conditions
2. Supplementary General Conditions
3. General Requirements
4. Specifications
5. Drawings
6. Modifications incorporated in the documents
before their execution.
WORK INCLUDED
A. This Division of the specifications (16000) covers
the complete interior and exterior electrical
system for all work shown on the drawings as
specified herein providing all material, labor and
equipment required for the installation of the
electrical systems complete and in operating
condition.
B. Include in the electrical work all the necessary
s~pervision and the issuing of all coordinating
information to any other trades who are supplying
work to accommodate the electrical installations.
DRAWINGS
A. The drawings for electrical work utilize symbols
and schematic diagrams which have no dimensional
significance. The work shall therefore, be
installed to fulfill the diagrammatic intent
expressed on the electrical drawings.
B.
Review architectural drawings for
cabinets, counters, moldings
equipment, conditions indicated on
drawings shall govern.
door swings,
and built-in
architectural
C. Coordinate electrical work with the architectural
details, floor plans, elevations, structural and
mechanical drawings. Provide fittings, junction
boxes and accessories to meet conditions.
16000 - 1
1.04
1.05
EDC# 98065
D. Do not scale drawings. Dimensions for layout of
equipment, or spaces shall be obtained from
archi tectural , structural or mechanical drawings
unless specifically indicated on the electrical
drawings.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Discrepancies shown on different drawings, between
drawings and specifications or between drawings and
field conditions shall be promptly brought to the
attention of the Architect.
F.
Provide as used on
specifications shall
connect, adjust and
in the
install,
the drawings and
mean, furnish,
test.
G. The drawings and specifications are complimentary
and any work or material shown in one and omitted
in the other, or described in the one and not shown
in the other, or which may be implied by both or
either, shall be furnished as though shown on both,
in order to give. a complete and first class
installation.
SITE INVESTIGATION
A. Potential Contractors shall visit the project site
prior to bid date to satisfy themselves as to the
existing conditions and distances which may effect
the cost of the proj ect. Where work under this
project requires extension, relocation, re-
connecting or modifications to existing equipment
or systems, the existing equipment or systems,
shall be restored to their original condition, with
the exception of the work under this contract,
before the completion of this project.
SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit for approval by the Architect all materials
and equipment to be incorporated in the electrical
work.
B. Submi t only shop drawings which comply with the
contract documents. Shop drawings shall be checked
and corrected by the Contractor before they are
submitted to the Architect. Shop drawings that are
not corrected by the Contractor shall be returned
for correction without detailed notations by the
Architect as to the necessary corrections.
16000 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
-
1.06
1.07
I
J
.
EDC# 98065
C. Mark each individual submittal item to show
specification section which pertains to the item.
D. Submi t information as required under SUBMITTALS,
for each of the individual electrical sections of
the specifications.
E.
Data submitted shall
required to indicate
specified.
F. Submit field information drawings to explain fully
all procedures involved in erecting, mounting and
connecting all items of equipment which differ from
that specified.
contain
compliance
all information
wi th equipment
G. When Shop Drawings are reviewed, some errors may be
detected but others may be overlooked. This does
not grant the Contractor permission to proceed in
error. Regardless of any information contained in
the Shop Drawings, the requirements of the Drawings
and Specifications shall be followed and are not
waived or sup~rseded in any way by the Shop Drawing
review.
RECORD 'DRAWINGS :
A. One complete set of electrical drawings shall be
reserved for as-built drawings. Any approved
deviation from the contract drawings shall be
recorded on these drawings. Drawings shall be
checked monthly for completeness.
B. Completed as-built drawings shall be presented to
the Architect prior to final inspection.
MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
A. Provide at the time of final inspection three sets
of maintenance and operating instruction for:
1. Lighting and Power Panelboards
2. Fuses
3. Wiring Devices
4. Lighting Fixtures and Lamps
5. Disconnect Switches
6. Photo Control and Contactors
B. Furnish a qualified and accredited factory trained
technician to train personnel designated by the
16000 - 3
1.08
1.09
1.10
EDen 98065
Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of
specialized equipment.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. The issuing of operating instructions shall include
the submission of the name, address, and telephone
number of the manufacturer's representative and
service company for each item of equipment so that
service and spare parts can be readily obtained.
CODES AND PERMITS:
A. All electrical work shall meet or exceed the latest
requirements of the following codes and/or other
authorities exercising jurisdiction over the
electrical construction work and the project.
1. The National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) - 1996
Edition
2. The National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI C-2)
3. The Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) - 1991 Edition
4. The Standard Building Code - 1991 Edition
5. Regulations of the local utility company with
respect to metering and service entrance.
6. Municipal and State ordinances governing
electrical work.
B. All required permits and inspection certificates
shall be obtained, and made available at the
completion of the work. Permits, inspections, and
certification fees shall be paid for as a part of
the electrical work.
DEVIATIONS:
A. No deviations from the plans and specifications
shall be made without the full knowledge and
consent of the Archi tect or his authorized
representative.
B. Should the Contractor find at any time during
progress of the work that, in his judgement,
existing conditions make desirable a modification
in requirements covering any particular item or
items, he shall report such items promptly to the
Architect for his decision and instruction.
COOPERATION:
A.
This Contractor shall schedule
every way possible cooperate
Contractors on the job to
his work and in
with all other
avoid delays,
I
16000 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.11
-
I
,
EDCft 98065
interferences, and unnecessary work. He shall
notify them of all openings, hangers, excavations,
etc., so that proper provisions shall be made for
his work. This shall not relieve him of the cost
of cutting, when such is required.
B. This Contractor shall do all cutting and excavating
necessary for the complete installation of his
work, but he shall not cut the work of any other
contractor without first consulting the Architect.
he shall repair any work damaged by him or his
workmen, employing the services of the Contractor
whose work is damaged.
c. This Contractor shall by all means coordinate the
location of ceiling lighting fixtures, both
recessed and surface mounted, wi th the Ceil ing
Contractor so that proper hangers and supports
shall be provided.
D. Any conflict between electrical- and other trades
shall be reported before construction starts. No
extra charges will be approved for work resulting
from failure to coordinate with other trades.
INSTALLATION:
A. Raceways, fixtures, devices, and other electrical
equipment shall be installed in a neat and
workmanlike manner and in accordance with
recognized good practice for a first class
installation.
B. The Architect or his representative shall have the
authority to reject any workmanship not complying
with the contract documents.
C. The Electrical Contractor shall personally or
through an authorized licensed and competent
electrician, constantly supervise the work from
beginning to complete and final inspection.
D. Electrical equipment shall be installed in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
E.
Locations of proposed raceway, riser, location of
structural elements, location and size of chases
method and type of construction of floors, walls,
partitions, etc., shall be verified before
construction starts.
16000 - 5
1.12
EDC# 98065
F. Consult owner and utility companies for underground
lines before any underground work is started.
Contractors shall be responsible for any damage.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING:
A. General. The Contractor shall perform all
excavation to install conduit structures and
equipment specified in this Division of the
Specifications. During excavation, materials for
backfilling shall be piled back from the banks of
the trench to avoid over-loading and to prevent
slides and cave-ins. All excavated materials not
to be used for backfill shall be removed and
disposed of by the Contractor. Grading shall be
done to prevent surface water from flowing into
trenches and other excavations and water
accumulating therein shall be removed by pumping.
All excavations shall be made by open cut. No
tunneling shall be done. All requirements of OSHA
shall be complied with.
B. Trench Excavation.. The bottom of the trenches
shall be graded to provide uniform bearing and
support for each section of the conduit on
undisturbed soil at every point along its entire
length. Over depths shall be backfilled with
loose, granular, moist earth, tamped. Removed
unstable soil that is not capable of supporting the
conduit and replace with specified material.
C. Backfilling. The trenches shall not be backfilled
until it is reviewed by the Architect or his
representative. The trenches shall be backfilled
with the excavated materials approved for
backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay,
and gravel or soft shale, free from large clods of
earth or stones, deposited in 6" layers and tamped
until the conduit has a cover of not less than the
adjacent existing ground but not greater than 2"
above existing ground. The backfilling shall be
carried on simultaneously on both sides of the
trench so that conduit is not displaced. The
compaction of the filled trench shall be at least
equal to that of the surrounding undisturbed
material, except that trenches occurring under
paved areas or in areas to be filled shall be
backfilled in 6" maximum layers and each layer
compacted to 95% maximum density. Settling the
backfill with water will not be permitted. Any
trenches not meeting compaction requirements or
.
-
,
.
r
16000 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.13
-
EDC# 98065
where settlement occurs shall have backfill removed
down to the top of the conduit then backfill with
approved materials as specified hereinbefore.
D. Positively no tree roots are to be damaged, hand
dig where required. Hand digging means no shovels
or picks. Damaged trees or shrubbery shall be
replaced in kind and must be approved by Engineer.
MATERIALS:
A. Materials specified by manufacturer's name shall be
used unless approval of other manufacturers are
listed in addenda to these specifications.
B. Drawings indicating proposed layout of space, all
equipment to be installed therein and clearance
between equipment shall be submitted, where
substitution of materials alter space requirements
on the drawings.
C. Material Standards: All materials shall be new and
shall conform to the standards where such have been
established for the particular material in
question. Publications and Standards of the
organization listed below are applicable to
materials specified herein.
1. Alilerican Society for Testing and Materials
(ASTM)
2. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
3. National Electrical Manufacturer Association
(NEMA)
4. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA)
5. Institute of Electrical and Electronic
Engineers (IEEE)
6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
7. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
D. Material of the same type shall be the product of
one manufacturer.
E. Materials not readily available from local sources
shall be ordered immediately upon approval.
F. The Architect shall have authority to reject any
materials, or equipment, not complying with these
specifications and have the Contractor replace
materials so rejected immediately upon notification
of rejection.
16000 - 7
1.14
EDC# 98065
G.
Any material or equipment so rejected
removed from the job within 24 hours
rejection, otherwise the Architect may
removed at the Contractor's expense.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
shall be
of such
have same
EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:
A. All equipment requiring electrical power
connections shall be connected under this Division
of these specifications.
B. Where electrical connections to equipment require
specific locations, such locations shall be
obtained from shop drawings.
C. Drawings for location of conduit stub-up boxes
mounted in wall or floor to serve specific
equipment, shall not be scaled.
D. Electrical circuits to equipment furnished under
other sections of these specifications are based on
design loads. If actual equipment furnished has
loads other than design loads electrical circuits
and protective devices shall be revised to be
compatible with equipment furnished at no
additional cost to the Owner. Any revisions must
have prior approval by the Architect. Before
submitting shop drawings, Electrical Sub-Contractor
shall along with the Mechanical Sub-Contractor
review voltage and load requirements for mechanical
and . plumbing equipment to determine the
compatibility between what is being furnished and
what is shown in the contract drawings. The
Electrical Sub-Contractor shall along with his
submittals submit a statement that he has reviewed
all shop drawings including review with the
Mechanical and Plumbing Sub-Contractors.
E. Where equipment is indicated to be served thru
conduit stub-up, conduit shall be stubbed up not
less than four inches above floor where transition
shall be made to sealtite flexible conduit for
connection to equipment.
F. The Contractor's attention is invited to other
Divisions of these specifications, where equipment
requiring electrical service or electrically
related work is specified to become fully aware of
the scope of work required for electrical service
or related work.
16000 - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
1.15
EDC# 98065
G.
Where electricity utilizing equipment is supplied
separate from . the electrical work, and is
energized, controlled or otherwise made operative
by electrical work, the testing to provide the
proper functional performance of such wiring
systems shall be conducted by the trade responsible
for the equipment. The electrical work shall,
however, include cooperation in such testing and
the making available of any necessary testing or
adjustments to the electrical equipment.
H.
Heating, air conditioning, and ventilating
equipment is specified to be furnished and
installed under other sections of these
specifications. The controls, likewise are
specified to be furnished thereunder. All
necessary wiring, wiring troughs and circuit
breakers for power for this equipment shall be
furnished and installed under this section of the
specifications, in accordance with the plans and/or
diagrams furnished with the equipment, or shown on
these plans. starters furnished by the Mechanical
Contractor shall be installed under this Division
of the specifications. Power wiring to auxiliary
equipment on a piece of equipment remote from its
main terminal box and interlocking of apparatus
shall be accomplished under Heating Ventilating
Equipment section of the specifications. Conduit
and outlets for control wiring shall be furnished
and installed under Division 15 of these
specifications. Control conductors for mechanical
equipment shall not be installed in same conduit
with power conductors.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING, , PROTECTION
A. Inspect materials upon arrival at Project and
verify conformance to Co~tract Documents. Prevent
unloading of unsatisfactory material. Handle
materials in accordance with manufacturer's
applicable standards and suppliers recommendations,
and in a manner to prevent damage to materials.
store packaged materials in original undamaged
condition with manufacturer's labels and seals
intact. Containers which are broken, opened,
damaged, or watermarked are unacceptable and shall
be removed from the premises.
B. All material, except items specifically designed to
be installed outdoors such as pad mounted
transformers or stand-by generators, shall be
16000 - 9
1.16
EDC# 98065
stored in an enclosed, dry building or trailer.
Areas for general storage shall be provided by the
Contractor. Provide temperature and/or humidity
control where applicable. No material for interior
installation, including conductors, shall be stored
other than in an enclosed weather tight structure.
Equipment stored other than as specified above
shall be removed from the premises.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Equipment and materials shall not be installed
until such time as the environmental conditions of
the job site are suitable to protect the equipment
or materials. Conditions shall be those for which
the equipment or materials are designed to be
installed. Equipment and materials shall be
protected from water, direct sunlight, cold or
heat. Equipment or materials damaged or which are
subj ected to these elements are unacceptable and
shall be removed from the premises and replaced.
CLEANING AND PAINTING
A. Remove oil, dirt, grease and foreign materials from
all raceways, fittings, boxes, panelboard trims and
cabinets to provide a clean surface for painting.
Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces of lighting
fixtures, panelboard and cabinet trims, motor
control center, switchboard or equipment enclosures
with paifit furnished by the equipment manufacturers
specifically for that purpose.
B.
Do not paint trim covers for flush mounted
panelboards, telephone cabinets, pull boxes,
junction boxes and control cabinet unless required
by the Architect. Remove trim covers before
painting. Under no conditions shall locks, latches
or exposed trim clamps be painted.
.
C. Unless indicated on the drawings or specified
herein to the contrary, all painting shall be done
under the PAINTING section of these Specifications.
D.
Where plywood backboards
equipment provided under
backboards with two coats of
paint~
are used to mount
Division 16, paint
light grey semi-gloss
16000 - 10
I
I
I
I
I
1.17
1.18
.
.
-
1.19
EDCIt 98065
GUARANTEE:
A. Generally lamps shall be replaced up-to-date of
acceptance such that they shall have no more than
25 hours, use prior to this date.
B. All systems and component parts shall be guaranteed
for one year from the date of final acceptance of
the complete proj ect. Defects found during this
guaranteed period shall be promptly corrected at no
additional cost to the Owner.
SERVICE:
A.
The electrical service for this project has been
coordinated between the Engineer and the utility
Company. However, before installing service
conduit (underground or mast), Contractor shall
contact utility Company and verify voltage,
location and type of service.
SCHEDULING OF OUTAGES
A. Electrical work requiring interruption of
electrical power which would adversely affect the
normal operation of the other portions of the
Owner's property, shall be done at time other than
normal working hours. Normal working hours shall
be considered eight A.M. to five P.M. Monday
through Friday.
B. Schedule all work requiring interruption of
electrical power two weeks prior to actual
shutdown. Submit schedule in writing to Architect
indicating extent of system to be de-energized,
date and time when power is intended to be
interrupted, and date and time power will be
restored. Schedule shall be subject to the review
of the Architect and the Representative of the
Owner.
END OF SECTION 16000
16000 - 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
1.02
1.03
EDC# 98065
SECTION 16010
LIGHTING AND POWER PANELBOARDS
SUBMITTALS
A.
Complete
submitted,
items:
panelboard
listing as
shop drawings
a minimum the
shall be
following
1. Voltage rating.
2. Bus assembly rating.
3. Main breaker rating by capacity, number of
poles and interrupting rating in RMS
symmetrical amperes.
4. Surface or flush mounting.
5. Listing of branch breakers by capacity number
of poles and interrupting rating in RMS
symmetrical amperes.
6. Top or bottom-feed.
7. A schedule similar to that shown on the
drawings, depicting branch breaker arrangement
and breaker sizes and giving full explanation
for any difference between the two.
B. Contractor utilizing switch gear other than Square
"D" Company, shall submit layout of electrical
rooms delineating placement of equipment.
MANUFACTURERS
A. For the purpose of selecting quality and types of
panels, equipment as manufactured by Square liD"
Company has been specified. Following
manufacturers meeting these specifications .are
acceptable.
1. G. E.
2. Siemens
3. Cutler Hammer
EQUIPMENT
A. Furnish and install circuit breaker lighting and
power panelboards as indicated in the panel board
schedule and where shown on the plans. Panelboards
shall be of the dead-front safety type, equipped
16010 - 1
EDC# 98065
with thermal magnetic molded case circuit breakers
with frame and trip rating as shown in the
schedule.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
Circuit breakers shall be HACR rated, quick-make,
quick-break, thermal-magnetic, trip-indicating, and
have common trip on all multi-pole breakers. Trip
indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker
handle taking position between ON and OFF, when the
breaker is tripped. Branch circuit breakers
feeding convenience outlets shall have sensitive
instantaneous trip setting of not more than 10
times the trip rating of the breakers. Connection
to bus in all panels shall be bolted. All breakers
shall be 20 ampere trip, unless otherwise shown.
All breakers shall be minimum for 120/240 volts
(10,000) A.I.C. syrn. unless otherwise noted.
C.
Bus bar connections to the branch circuit breakers
shall be the distributed phase type. Three-phase,
fQur-wire bussing shall be such that any three
adjacent single-pole breakers are individually
connected to each of the three different phases in
such a manner that two or three-pole breakers can
be installed at any location. All current-carrying
parts of the bus assembly shall be copper. Main
ratings shall be as shown in the panelboard
schedule on the drawings.
D.
Panel front shall be door-in-door with one door
over interior and additional door -which exposes
wiring gutters.
-
E. A steel circuit directory frame and card with a
clear plastic covering shall be provided on the
ins ide of the door. The directory card shall
provide a space at least 1/4" high x 3" long for
each circuit.
F. All panels shall be equipped with a copper.
equipment grounding bar. The bar shall have lugs
of sufficient size to handle all grounding
conductors.
G. Sub-feed circuit breakers are not permitted in
panels unless specifically called for.
16010 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
EDC# 98065
H.
Provide mounting hardware for all spaces shown on
panelboard schedule.
I.
Panelboard circuit numbering shall be such that
starting at the top, odd numbering shall be used in
sequence down the left hand side and even numbers
down the right hand side. Two and three-pole
breakers shall have only one number, not a
combination of two or three number.
J.
Except where otherwise indicated on the drawings or
required to avoid conflicts, mount the panelboards
so the tops of the cabinets will be 6 feet above
the finished floors. For panelboards which are too
high, mount them so the bottoms of the cabinets
will be not less than 6 inches above the finished
floors.
K. Locate the cabinets so that present and future
condui ts can be connected to them conveniently.
Coordinate the dimensions of the cabinets with the
dimensions of the spaces designated for
installation prior to fabrication of the cabinets.
Cabinet shall be minimum 20" wide.
L. Wiring in panelboards shall be neatly grouped and
secured with ty-wraps.
M. Electrical panels shall not be used as wireways or
junction boxes for control conductors.
N. Where spaces are called for in a panel, all
mounting hardware shall be provided for the frame
size indicated.
o. Splices in panelboards are not permitted.
END OF SECTION 16010
16010 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
1.02
1.03
EDC# 98065
B.
C.
SECTION 16015
FUSES
SUBMITTALS
A.
Shop drawings shall be submitted and shall consist
of manufacturer's published literature and
technical data sufficient for the engineer to
determine whether system function will be adversely
affected, whether proposed fuses meet this
specification, and whether they are equal in
quality.
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Acceptable manufacturers are:
1. Littelfuse
2. Cefco
3. Gould - Shawmut
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL
A.
All fuses rated 600 volts or less and used for
main, feeder, or branch circuit protection with
200,000 ampere interrupting rating and shall be so
labeled. Fuse classes and sizes indicated on the
drawings have been selected to provide a fully
coordinated selective protection system. To
maintain this design, all fuses provided shall be
furnished by the same manufacturer. Should
equipment provided require a different U.L. Class
or fuse size, the engineer shall be furnished with
sufficient data to ascertain that system function
will not be adversely affected.
Current-Limiting Fuses 601-6000 Amperes
Fuses rated over 600 amperes shall be U.L. Class
"L" fuses, and shall have a minimum time delay of
10 seconds at 500% rating.
Current-Limiting Fuses 600 Amperes or Less
All fuses 600 amperes and below shall be true dual-
element time delay fuses with separate spring-
loaded thermal overload elements in all ampere
ratings. All ampere ratings shall be designed to
open at 400 degrees Fahrenheit or less when
16015 - 1
EDC!f 98065
subjected to a non-load oven test. To e-liminate
induction heating, all fuse ferrules and end caps
shall be non-ferrous and shall be bronze or another
alloy not subject to stress cracking.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
Spare Fuses
At the time of final acceptance, the contractor
shall furnish the owner's representative, not less
than three (3) spare fuses of each size and type
installed. Spare fuses at main switchgear are not
required.
END OF SECTION 16015
16015 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
1.01
1.02
1.03
EDen 98065
SECTION 16020
RACEWAYS
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's literature for each type of
conduit or tubing and fittings used in the project.
MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers of rigid steel and
electrical metallic tubing conduit are:
1. Allied Tube and Conduit Co.
2. Wheatland Tube Co.
3. Triangle
4. L.T.V.
5. American Brass
6. E.T.P.
7 . Robroy
B. Acceptable. manufacturer's of polyvinyl chloride
(PVC) conduit are:
1. Certainteed
2. Georgia Pipe
3. Carlon
4. Can-Tex
5. Queen City
C. Acceptable manufacturer's of conduit fittings,
bushings, ~nd locknuts are:
1. O-ZjGedney
2. Thomas and Belti
3. Raco
MATERIALS
A. All metallic conduit and electric metallic tubing
shall be steel, of standard pipe dimensions, smooth
inside and out, and shall be galvanized. Where the
word "conduit" is used hereinafter it shall mean
either rigid steel conduit, electric metallic
tubing, flexible steel conduit, liquid tight
flexible steel conduit or schedule 80 plastic
condui t. Intermediate grade condui t is not
acceptable.
16020 - 1
EDC# 98065
F.
B.
Galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be used in all
areas where it will be exposed to physical damage.
Schedule 80 plastic conduit shall be used
underground and in slab-on-grade. In no case shall
plastic conduit be exposed; switch to rigid steel
conduit when turning up exposed. All other
conduit, unless otherwise specified or called for
on the plans, may be galvanized electric metallic
tubing. Any exposed conduit on exterior of the
building shall be galvanized rigid steel.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
Plastic conduit shall be made from virgin polyvinyl
chloride C-300 compound. Conduit and fittings
shall carry a UL label. Fitting and cement shall
be produced by the same manufacturer as the conduit
to assure system integrity.
D.
All conduit shall be concealed in building
construction except as noted or shown otherwise.
In areas with no finished ceiling and where conduit
is run exposed all runs down to switches,
receptacles, etc. shall when possible be concealed
in wall. It is the intent of these specifications
that all conduit will be concealed whenever
possible.
E.
EMT fittings shall be compression or tap-on type
made of steel for sizes two inches or smaller,
steel set screw type fittings may be used on sizes
2 1/2" or larger. Connectors and couplings shall
be rain tight and shall have a nylon insulated
throat. All fittings shall be "UL" approved. Die
cast, and indenter type fittings are not
acceptable. Fittings for flexible steel conduits
and liquid tight flexible conduit shall be steel
and have nylon insulated throat. All rigid steel
conduit E.M.T. or flexible steel conduit 1" or over
shall terminate using insulat~d grounding bushing
similar and equal to O-Z/Gedney type BLG, bushings
shall be steel, zink coated with copper saddle.
Rigid steel conduit and EMT shall be not less than
~ inch trade size, schedule 80 plastic conduit
shall not be less than 3/4" trade size and not less
than required by the NEC or indicated. However,
where permitted by the NEC, smaller size flexible
metal conduit may be used only for individual
lighting fixtures. Conduit runs with more than 5
#12 conductors shall not be less than 3/4".
16020 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- EDCIt 98065
-
-
G. Conduit and EMT systems indicated on the drawings
for communication and signaling systems are for
typical systems. Install conduit and EMT systems
for the system being installed.
H. Connect individual recessed lighting fixtures to
the conduit or EMT system with "maximum 6' -0"
flexible, galvanized steel conduit. Use liquid-
tight flexible jacketed metal conduit for final
connection to all rotating equipment and
transformers. The flexible conduits shall be long
enough to permit the full range of required
movements without strain and to prevent the
transmission of vibration. Do not utilize flexible
conduit to loop between fixtures and devices.
I. Galvanized rigid steel conduit couplings and
connections:
1. Install standard, conduit-threaded fittings.
2. Ream the ends of conduits after cutting and
threading them.
3. For connection to sheet metal boxes, cabinets
and other sheet metal enclosures, install
locknuts on the inside and outside of the
enclosure for each connection. See Section
16110 of these specifications.
J. EMT couplings and connectors:
1. Ream the ends of EMT after cutting them.
2. Install the following threadless type
fittings:
a. Connectors: steel compression type with
insulated throat or steel tap-on type
with insulated throat.
b. Couplings: steel compression or tap-on
type.
K. Installation of plastic conduit:
1. Shall be installed in complete accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Shall be a minimum of 2' -0" below finished
grade when not covered by concrete.
3. Shall have properly sized bond wire installed
with all circuits.
4. Bends and turns shall be kept to a bare
minimum.
16020 - 3
EDen 98065
M.
N.
o.
P.
5. Extreme care shall be taken to avoid crushing
or cracking conduit. "DO NOT" run vehicles
over exposed conduit under any conditions.
6. All conduit and fittings shall be solvent
welded.
7. Plastic conduit maybe turned up in masonry
walls only, and shall extend no further up the
wall than counter height.
8. Do not install conduit in slab. All conduit
shall be installed a minimum of 6" below slab.
Conduits shall not be bunched together.
Maintain 1" clearance between conduits.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L.
Insulated bushings:
1. Install nylon insulated bushings on the end of
all rigid conduit.
2. The insulating material shall be designed for
rugged, long service.
3. Bushings which consist of only insulating
material will not be accepted.
4. Fittings which incorporate insulated bushings
will be considered for approval in lieu of
fittings with separate bushings.
All couplings and connections in location where
water or other liquid or vapor might contact the
conduit and EMT shall also be watertight.
Close empty conduit and EMT as complete runs before
pulling in the cables and wires.
Install exposed conduit and EMT parallel to or at
right angles with the lines of the building.
Locate them so they will not obstruct headroom or
walkways or cause tripping.
Avoid bends or offsets where practicable:
1. Do not install more bends, offsets or
equivalent in any conduit or EMT run than
permitted by the NEC.
2. Make bends with standard conduit bending
machines.
3. Conduit hickeys may be used for making slight
offsets and for straightening conduits tubbed
out of concrete.
4. Conduit or EMT bent with a pipe tee or vise
will not be accepted.
5. Do not install crushed or deformed conduits or
EMT.
16020 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EDC~ 98065
R.
Q.
Install conduit or EMT clamps:
1. At intervals as required by the NEC.
2. Above suspended ceilings, metal supports may
be installed as permitted by the NEC, except
that conduit cannot be supported or secured to
the T-bar grid or from the wire supporting the
T-bar grid.
3. Trapeze, split ring, band or clevis hanger may
be installed as permitted by the NEC. Trapeze
hangers shall be structural metal channels,
angle irons or preformed metal channel shapes
with the conduit and EMT runs held on specific
center by U bolts, clips or clamps. Do not
support conduit from ceiling suspension wire
or from other conduit.
4. Chain, wire or perforated strap supports will
not be acceptable. Nor are they acceptable as
a means of securing the conduit.
5. Fasten the clamps and other supports as
follows:
a. For new masonry or concrete structures,
install threaded metal inserts prior to
pouring the concrete.
b. For existing solid masonry or reinforced
concrete structures:
1. Install expansion anchors and bolts
or approved power-set fasteners.
2. Expansion anchors and bolts shall be
not less that 1/4 inch diameter and
shall extend not less than 3 inches
into the concrete or masonry.
3. Power-set fasteners shall be not
less than 1/4-inch diameter and
shall extend not less than 1-1/4-
inch into the c~ncrete.
c. For hollow masonry install toggle bolts.
Bolts supported only by plaster will not
be accepted.
d. For metal structures install machine
screws.
e. Attachments to wood plug, rawl plug, soft
metal insert or wood blocking will
not be permitted.
For vertical runs of conduit of EMT:
16020 - 5
EDC# 98065
W.
x.
Y.
1. Install supports for conduit, EMT, cables and
wires at intervals as required by the NEC and
as indicated on the drawings.
2. Conduit and EMT supports shall be supported by
framing for the floors.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
s.
Conduits and EMT shall be kept 6" away from
parallel runs of steam or hot water pipes.
T.
Clogged raceways shall be entirely free of
obstructions or shall be replaced.
u.
Rigid steel conduit installed underground and in
concrete shall be coated with scotchrap pipe primer
and then wrapped with two layers of scotchrap 50
and 51 corrosion protection tape.
v.
All empty conduit shall have nylon pull cord
installed to provide for installation of cables,
conductors or wiring.
Do not combine condui t homeruns. Each homerun
shall be separately routed directly to panel unless
specifically noted otherwise.
Install service conduit
telephone) as follows:
(TV,
electrical,
and
1. All underground entrances shall have metallic
sleeves through building foundation walls and
extend to undisturbed ground to avoid shear,
and shall be full weight, threaded hot-dipped
galvanized rigid steel conduit.
2. All 90 degree bends to be rigid metallic
conduit, with a radius of not less than 10
times the diameter of the conduit.
3. Maintain a minimum cover of 24 inches below
final grade for conduits.
Telephone conduits:
1. Where telephone conduit runs are longer than
100' -0" or have more than two 900 bends (or
equivalent) or have a reverse bend, pull boxes
shall be provided.
END OF SECTION 16020
16020 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
1.02
1.03
EDCIt 98065
SECTION 16030
CONDUCTORS
SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted and shall consist
of manufacturer's published literature.
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Acceptable manufacturers
1. General 6.
2. Okonite 7.
3. Senator 8.
4. Triangle 9.
5. Pirelli 10.
are:
Cyprus Rome
Essex
Carol
Southwire
American
B. All wiring shall be manufactured in the United
States.
MATERIALS
A. Ratings and sizes:
1. Shall be not less than indicated on the
drawings and not less than required by the
NEC.
2. Minimum size shall be No. 12 AWG copper
provided the maximum voltage drops in the
control circuits will not adversely affect the
operation of the controls.
3. Conductor sizes indicated on the drawings are
for copper conductors.
B. Conductors and ground wires:
1. Shall be copper.
2. Size No.8 AWG and larger shall be stranded.
3. Size No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be solid.
C. Conductor insulation:
1. Conductor insulation shall be the NEC type
THHN for sizes No 10 and smaller and XHHW for
sizes No. 8 and larger. Under no
circumstances shall asbestos insulation be
used.
D. Wire shall be factory color coded in size No. 10
and smaller. Color shall be by integral
16030 - 1
EDC# 98065
J.
Note:
pigmentation with a separate color for each phase,
neutral and grounding conductor. Color ~ode per
phase shall be continuous throughout the project.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E.
Manufacturer's name and other pertinent infbrmation
shall be marked or molded clearly on the overall
jacket's outside surface or incorporated an marker
tapes wi thin the cables and wires at reasonable
intervals along the cables and wires.
F.
Cables and wires indicated on the drawings for
communication and signaling systems are for typical
systems. Install cables and wires for the system
being installed.
G.
All wiring shall be in conduit unless specifically
noted otherwise.
H.
Every coil of wire shall be in the original
wrapping and shall bear the Underwriters' Label of
approval.
I.
Where wires are left for connection to any fixture
or an apparatus, spare wire or cables shall be
provided at the ends for connections. Fixture
connections at the outlet box shall be made with
insulated wire connectors.
Outer jackets shall be color coded as follows:
1. Single phase circuits, 120/240 volts:
a. Phase A - Black
b. Phase B - Red
c. Neutral - White
d. Insulated ground wire - Green
e. Isolated ground wire - Green with Yellow
tracer.
Where dedicated neutrals are used for
receptacle circuits. Outer jacket shall be
whi te with appropriate colored tracer (i. e.
white with red tracer, white with blue tracer,
white with black tracer).
2. Only for large power cables and wires which do
not have color coded jackets: No. 8 and
larger.
a. Install bands of adhesive non-fading
colored tape or slip-on bands of colored
16030 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
EDC# 98065
M.
plastic tubing over the cables and wires
at their originating and terminations
points and at all outlets of junction
boxes.
b. Color shall be permanent and shall
withstand cleanings.
K.
Wiring for signal circuits shall conform to the
recommendations of manufacturers of the signal
system being installed so the system shall have
optimum performance and maximum service continuity.
Communication and signaling circuit wiring where
run in conduit below grade or in a damp location
shall be listed for use in a damp or wet location.
Communication and signaling circuits run exposed
above ceiling in an environmental air plenum area
shall be rated for plenum use.
L.
No circuit wiring shall be smaller than number 12.
Where the home run exceeds 80'-0" in length, number
10 (minimum) wire shall be- used even though all
such circuits are not indicated on the plans. All
wiring for emergency branch circuits shall be
number 10 (minimum) unless noted otherwise.
When installing THWN-2 extra care must be exercised
so as not to damage nylon jacket. When nylon
jacket is damaged wiring shall be removed from
service.
END OF SECTION 16030
16030 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
1.01
1.02
1.03
-
EDen 98065
SECTION 16040
OUTLETS
SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted and shall consist
of manufacturer's published literature.
MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers are:
1. Raco
2. Steel City
3. Appleton
4. Hubbell
MATERIALS
A. Boxes shall be galvanized pressed sheet steel for
all concealed work.
B. Where conduit runs are exposed, outlet shall be of
the cast metal type.
C. For concealed work each box shall be provided with
a square cornered plaster ring.
D. Each surface lighting fixture, receptacle and
switch shall be provided with flush mounted outlet
box. All outlets installed in panels and other
architectural features shall be centered. The
location of any outlet may be moved as much as
10'-0" by the Architect before the outlet is placed
without incurring any extra cost. All dimensions
refer to the finished floor line. Outlet boxes
shall be pressed sheet steel and shall be
galvanized for all concealed work. Where conduit
runs are exposed outlets shall be of the cast metal
type.
E. Boxes shall be for the service and the type of
outlet and shall not be less than 4" square and
1-1/2" deep except where otherwise specified.
Boxes installed in walls shall be provided with a
square cornered 1-1/2" plaster ring installed flush
wi th surface of wall. Each outlet box above
ceiling shall be supported from a structural member
of the building either directly or by using a
substantial and approved metal support. Conduit is
not an approved means of support. Boxes installed
16040 - 1
EDC~ 98065
J.
K.
in wall shall be supported either directly to a
stud or between studs utilizing an approved bar
hanger. In no case shall switch box support and
clips used for mounting boxes in old work be used
unless specifically called for. Top of outlet box
shall be level.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
All ceiling or wall recessed outlet boxes or their
associated plaster rings shall be flush with the
finished surface. Using coverplate to secure
wiring devices or shimming the device is not
acceptable. Contractor shall exercise due care
when cutting opening in walls or ceilings for
outlet boxes so that opening size will permit the
proper installation of boxes and devices. Fixture
studs in ceilings and bracket outlets shall be
bolted with stove bolts or shall be locking type of
stud mounting.
G.
In addition to boxes indicated, install enough
boxes to prevent damage to cables and wires during
pulling-in operations.
H.
Remove only knockouts as required and plug unused
openings. Use threaded plugs for cast metal boxes
and snap-in metal covers for sheet metal boxes.
I.
"There shall be no outlets installed back to back.
A minimum of 4" shall separate each outlet."
Where the volume allowed per conductor exceeds that
allowed in Table 370-6 (b) of the NEC for the
minimum size outlet specified, a larger size outlet
box shall be used and shall be sized in accordance
with the table noted above.
Outlet boxes shall be clean and free from dust,
paint, dirt, plaster ready mix joint compound and
lor any other debris.
END OF SECTION 16040
16040 - 2
-
-
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04
EDC# 98065
SECTION 16050
WIRING DEVICES AND DEVICE PLATE
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data under provisions of Section
16000, GENERAL.
B.
Provide product data
finishes, dimensions,
instructions.
configurations,
manufacturer's
showing
and
REFERENCES
A. FS W-C-596 Electrical Power Connector, Plug,
Receptacle, and Cable Outlet.
B. FS W-S-896 - SwitCh, Toggle.
C. NEMA WD 1 - General-Purpose Wiring Devices.
D. NEMA WD 5 - Specific-Purpose Wiring Devices.
MANUFACTURERS
A. For the purpose of selecting quality and type of
device, equipment manufactured by Arrow Hart has
been specified. The following manufacturers
meeting this specification are acceptable:
1. Bryant
2. Pass and Seymour
3. Hubbell
4. G.E.
PRODUCTS
A. Switches: All wall switches shall be rated 20
ampere, 120/277 volts, have self groun~ng
provisions, side wiring only and shall be of the
silent type. Color shall be gray.
1. Single pole: Arrow Hart 1221.
2. Double pole single throw: Arrow Hart 1222.
3. Three way: Arrow Hart 1223.
4. Four way: Arrow Hart 1994.
5. Key switch single pole and three-way: Arrow-
Hart 1191 and 1193 with 1187 cover plate, or
Pass and Seymour equal.
16050 - 1
EDCIt 98065
C.
6. Single pilot light handle: Arrow Hart 1991
PLC.
7. Despard single pole switches installed in
mullions. Arrow Hart QS791.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
Receptacle: All receptacles shall be of the
grounding type, of the configuration shown on the
drawings and shall be flush wall mounting type.
Color shall be gray.
1. Standard duplex receptacle: 20 ampere, 125
volt, NEMA type 5-20 R, 2 pole, 3 wire,
straight blade, U-grounding slot,
specification grade. Arrow Hart 5342.
2. Isolated grounding duplex receptacle: 20
ampere, 125 volt, NEMA type 5-20 R, straight
blade type, 2 pole, 3 wire, U-grounding slot,
specification grade. Arrow Hart IG 5362 GRY.
3. Power, receptacle with matching plug: 20
ampere, 125/250 volt, NEMA type 14-20, 3 pole
4 wire grounded, straight blade type. Arrow
Hart 5759
4. Power receptacle with matching plug: 20
ampere, 250 volt, NEMA type 6-20R 2-pole, 3
wire grounded, straight blade type. Arrow
Hart 5461 GRY.
5. Power receptacle with matching plug: 30
ampere, 250 volt, NEMA type 6-30R 2-pole, 3
wire, u-grounded slot, straight blade type.
Arrow Hart 5700 N.
6.
Power receptacle with
ampere, 125/250 volt,
pole; 4 wire grounded,
Arrow Hart 5754 N.
matching plug: 50
NEMA type 14-50R, 3-
straight blade type.
7.
Ground fault interrupter
ampere, 125 volts, NEMA type
wire with grounded U slot.
5342.
receptacle: 20
5-20R, 2-pole, 3-
Arrow Hart AHGF
Device plates: Plates shall be furnished for all
devices and outlets indicated on the drawings
(telephone, computer, TV, etc.). All plates on
masonry walls shall be oversized jumbo type.
16050 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.05
EDC# 98065
1. Flush mounted plates: Beveled type with
smooth rolled outer edge, stainless steel type
302 with brushed finish.
2. Surface box plates, beveled, galvanized steel,
pressure formed for smooth edge to fit box.
3.
Weatherproof plates:
vertical mounting.
Intermatic #WP 1000,
INSTALLATION
A. Switches:
1. Switches shall be connected to the live side
of the circuit and shall control only the
outlets indicated.
2. Conductors shall be looped around the terminal
screw.
3. Where more than one switch is indicated in the
same location switches shall be gang mounted
under a common plate.
4. Where mUlti-wire, 277 volt switching (480 volt
potential) occurs, a barrier shall be provided
between switches.
5. Center line of switches in general, shall be
set 3'-6" above the floor (off position down)
and shall clear the door trim or corner by 4"
or center the space occupied.
6. Architectural plans shall be consulted before
placing switches so they will in every case be
located on the strike side of the door and
clear door, chair, window, and baseboard
moldings.
7. Switches shall be screwed tight to the boxes
and shall not depend on the cover plate to
pull them tight.
B. Receptacles:
1. Conductors shall be looped around the terminal
screws, "DO NOT BACK WIRE DEVICES."
16050 - 3
EDC# 98065
2. Receptacles shall be grounded by the green
wire bond and shall be pigtailed as shown on
the drawings.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Receptacles shall be screwed tight to the
plaster ring or outlet box and shall not
depend on the device plate to pull them tight.
4. Center line of general use receptacles shall
be in general, set 18" above the floor with
receptacle mounted in the vertical position
and with grounding pole at the top.
5. Coordinate receptacle height with
Architectural drawings and locate so that
bottom of receptacle plate shall be 1" above
counter or back splash and clear all moldings.
6. Center line of receptacles located adjacent to
lavatories in toilets shall be set 3'-6" above
floor.
7. Receptacles serving water coolers shall be
located within cooler housing or as close to
bottom of housing as possible. Cord serving
unit shall be as short as possible. In no
case shall cord or receptacle be seen from
normal viewing angle.
8. All receptacles installed in bathrooms,
toilets, within 4 feet of lavatories or sinks
or on building exterior shall be ground fault
circuit interrupter type.
C.
Plates:
1. Plates shall be level and all edges shall be
in full contact with wall.
2. Plates shall be furnished for all devices and
other outlets indicated on the drawings.
3. Install plates on outlet boxes and junction
boxes in unfinished areas above ceilings and
on surface mounted outlets.
16050 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
5.
6.
-
.
-
-
-
-
EDCIt 98065
4.
Plates shall not be used to keep devices
secure.
Plates shall be clean and free from dust,
plaster or paint and spots.
Plate shall cover openings around outlets.
END OF SECTION 16050
16050 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
1.02
1.03
EDCIt 98065
SECTION 16060
LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS
SUBMITTALS
A. Lighting fixture submittals shall consist of
manufacturer's literature including photometric
data and shall note on the submittals any special
requirements which have been specified.
B. The Architect reserves the right to require sample
fixtures for approval.
C. "Manufacturer's literature for all lamps."
MANUFACTURERS
A. Lighting fixtures shall be selected from those
fixtures included in the fixture schedule as noted
on the drawings or in the specifications.
B. Lamps:
1. Sylvania
2. Phillips
3. General Electric
4. E.Y.E.
EQUIPMENT
A. Review architectural plans and specifications and
provide lighting fixtures compatible with ceiling
suspension system specified.
B. Fixtures shall be selected from the fixture
schedule not only by catalog number but with
consideration to mounting, number and types of
lamps, and reference notes as contained in the
fixture schedule and as noted on the drawings and
in the specifications.
c. Fluorescent ballast shall be electronic type as
manufactured by Motorola, Advance, General Electric
or Magnetek. Ballast shall have five year warranty,
total harmonic distortion of less than 20% an shall
operate (2) (3) (4) lamps from each ballast.
Ballast shall be instant start and parallel lamp
operation.
16060 - 1
EDC# 98065
E.
F.
G.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Support of lighting fixtures shall be the
responsibility of the fixture installer and shall
be as follows:
1. Fluorescent fixture flush mounted in exposed
tee, suspended acoustical tile ceilings shall
be of the lay-in type and shall be supported
at diagonal corners of the fixture, utilizing
two (2) #14 gauge steel wires attached to the
bar joist or overhead structure. Flexible
conduit and wiring from outlet box to fixture
shall be 1/2"C., and number 12 THHN
conductors, factory supplied whips of smaller
ratings are not acceptable.
2. Surface mounted fluorescent fixtures shall be
supported by light weight channel attached by
nylon tie straps to two members of the ceiling
suspension system. Two support channels are
required. Surface mounted fixtures mounted on
sheet rock or plaster ceilings or low density
acoustical tile ceilings.shall be mounted with
two 1/4" x 1/4" x 4" metal spacers between
fixture and ceiling. Spacers shall be located
to provide air gap between fixture and
ceiling. Do not place spacers directly over
ballast.
3 . Recessed incandescent, mercury vapor, high
pressure sodium, and metal halide fixtures
shall be installed using standard
manufacturer's mounting hardware.
4. Exit lights shall be mounted directly to the
outlet box and in case of ceiling mounted
units the outlet box shall be flush with- the
ceiling and shall be supported by a 1-1/2"
channel spanning between main structural
members of the suspension system. Secure the
channel with nylon ty-wraps.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Align, mount and level the lighting fixtures
uniformly.
Avoid interference with and provide clearance for
equipment.
Lighting fixtures shall be located as shown on the
lighting plan. If for any reason this is
impossible or impractical, the Architect shall be
notified immediately for a decision as to the best
direction for the shift.
16060 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!!!!!!!!
-
-
-
EDC# 98065
I.
H.
Upon completion of installation, lighting fixtures
and equipment shall be in first class operating
order, in perfect condition as to finish, free from
defects. At final inspection, fixtures shall be
completely lamped, be complete with required
diffusers, reflectors, side panels, louvers or the
other components necessary to complete fixtures.
All fixtures and equipment shall be clean and free
from dust, insects, plaster or paint spots. Any
reflectors, diffusers, side panels or other parts
broken prior to final inspection shall be replaced
by contractor.
Lamps shall be provided for all fixtures:
1. Incandescent lamps shall be medium base,
inside frost extended service (minimum 2500
hours) .
2. 48" fluorescent lamps shall be 32 watt T8
35000 K.
3. U shaped lamps shall be F 32 T8 SP35.
4. Mercury vapor lamps shall be mogul base, of
the wattage called for in the fixture schedule
and shall be style tone as manufactures by
Phillips (no substitute accepted).
5. Metal halide lamps shall be mogul base, of the
wattage called for in the fixture schedule and
shall be of the coated type.
6. High pressure sodium lamps shall be mogul
base, of the wattage called for in the fixture
schedule and shall be of the diffuse type.
END OF SECTION.16060
16060 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
1.02
1.03
EDCIt 98065
C.
D.
E.
SECTION 16070
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
SUBMITTALS
A.
Shop drawings shall be submitted and shall consist
of manufacturer's published literature.
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Acceptable manufacturers are:
1. Square "D" Company
2. G. E.
3. I.T.E.
4. Cutler Hammer
EQUIPMENT
A.
Disconnect switches shall be provided for all
motors and strip heaters located out of sight of
motor controller, and where specifically indicated
on the drawings. Disconnect switches shall
disconnect all ungrounded conductors. When exposed
to weather, enclosure shall be NEMA - 3R. Switches
shall be installed to be fully accessible in
accordance with Article 110-16 of the National
Electrical Code.
B.
All disconnects shall be heavy duty type and shall
be equipped with neutral bar bonded to the can for
grounding purposes.
For single phase motors, a single - or double-pole
toggle switch, rated only for alternating current,
will be acceptable for capacities less than 30
amperes, provided the ampere rating of the switch
is at least 125 percent of the motor rating.
Enclosed safety switches shall be horsepower rated
in conformance with Table III of
Fed. Spec. W-D-865. Switches shall disconnect all
ungrounded conductors.
Each disconnect serving exterior A/C units shall be
equipped with a padlock (Master 3206) all keyed
alike.
All disconnects shall be equipped with provisions
to lock the handle in the OFF position.
16070 - 1
EDC# 98065
H.
J.
F.
All disconnects serving heat pumps, A/C units and
refrigeration compressors shall be fused in
accordance with the name plate data on the unit.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
G.
Install fuses so that ampere rating can be read
without having to remove fuses.
All fuses shall be as noted in Section 16015.
I.
Disconnects shall be identified as required under
section 16120.
Maintain 3' -0" clearance in front of disconnect
having voltage rating of 250 vol ts and 4' -0"
clearance in front of disconnect having voltage
rating of 480 volts. Do not locate disconnect over
other electrical equipment (re: transformers).
END OF SECTION 16070
16070 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
1.02
1.03
EDCJt 98065
SECTION 16090
PHOTO CONTROL AND CONTACTOR
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submittal shall
literature.
published
be
manufacturers
MANUFACTURERS
A. Photo Controls:
1. Tork
2. Paragon
3. General Electric Company
4. Siemens
5. Intermatic
B. Contactors:
1. Square "0" Company
2. Cutler-Hammer
3. ASCO
4. G. E.
5. Intermatic
EQUIPMENT
A. Photo control shall be rated at 1800 V.A., 90%
power factor on 120 volt system. Switching
mechanism shall be hermetically sealed and shall be
calibrated to close circuit when illumination falls
,below five foot candles. switching mechanism shall
contain delay feature to prevent circuit opening in
transient illumination such as headlights from
passing vehicles. (Photo Control shall contain
manually adjustable light level slide.) Orient
photo control light sensing element north.
B. Contactor shall be electrically held, 120 volt
operating coil and in NEMA 1 enclosure. The number
and rating of poles shall be as noted on the
drawings.
END OF SECTION 16090
16090 - 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
I
. EDCft 98065
i
ii
-
.
SECTION 16100
PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES AND FITTINGS
PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES AND FITTINGS
A. Boxes shall be provided in the raceway systems
wherever required for the pulling of wires and the
making of connections.
B. Pull boxes of not less than the minimum size
required by the National Electrical Code Article
370 shall be constructed of code-gauge galvanized
sheet steel. Boxes shall be furnished with
screw-fastened covers. Covers on flush wall
mounted boxes in well appointed areas (offices,
reception, classrooms, media center, etc) shall be
minimum 1/16 302 stainless steel. Boxes located on
the exterior of the building shall be watertight.
Covers shall be secured with tamper proof screws.
C. Boxes shall be securely and rigidly fastened to the
surface of which they are mounted or shall be
supported from structural member of the building
ei ther directly or by using a substantial and
approved metal rod or brace.
D. All boxes shall be so installed that the wiring
contained in them can be rendered accessible
without removing part of the building.
E. Where several circuits pass through a common pull
box, the circuits shall be tagged to indicate
clearly their electrical characteristics, circuit
number and designation.
END OF SECTION 16100
16100 - 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16110
1.01
PART 1 GENERAL:
GROUNDING
1.02
1.03
EDC# 98065
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract
documents including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,
apply to the Section.
SUMMARY
A. The work required under this section of the
specifications consists of furnishing, installation
and connections of the building secondary grounding
systems. Exterior branch circuit wiring and feeder
conductors extended beyond the building are
included. The building electrical system shall be
a 3 phase, 4 wire grounded wye delta system
supplemented with equipment grounding system.
Equipment grounding system shall be established
wi th equipment grounding conductors; the use of
metallic raceways for equipment grounding is not
acceptable.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Industry ~eferenced Standards:
specifications and standards are
and become a part of this
Reference.
The following
incorporated into
Specification by
1.
Underwriters'
Publications:
(UL)
Laboratories,
Inc.
No.44
No.83
No.467
No.493
Rubber-Insulated Wire &
Thermoplastic-Insulated
Electrical Grounding
Equipment
Thermoplastic-Insulated Underground
Feeder & Branch Circuit Cables
Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs
Cables
Wires
& Bonding
No.486
2. National Electrical Manufacturers' Standards
(NEMA) :
WC-5
Thermoplastic Insulated Wire & Cable
16110 - 1
2.
Mechanically
terminations:
applied
(crimp)
conductor
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WC-7
Cross-Linked-Thermosetting
Polyethylene Insulated Wire
3.
National Fire Protection
Publication (NFPA):
Association
No.70
No.76B
National Electrical Code (NEC)
Safe Use of Electricity in Patient
Care Areas of Hospitals
Health Care Facilities
No.99
B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Products produced by the
following manufacturer which conform to this
specification are acceptable.
1. Hydraulically applied conductor terminations:
a. Square D
b. Burndy
c. Ilsco
d. Scotch (3M)
e. Thomas and Betts (T&B)
f. Anderson
a. Scotch (3M)
b. Ideal
c. Thomas and Betts (T&B)
d. Burndy
PART 2 PRODUCTS:
2.01
GENERAL MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide all materials under this section of the
specifications. All materials shall be new.
B. All materials shall be UL listed and bear a UL
label.
C. Refer to the specific specification section for the
description and requirements of materials mentioned
herein for installation.
2.02
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. Grounding electrode conductor shall be bare or
green insulated copper conductor sized as indicated
on the drawings.
EDCIt 98065
16110 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.03
2.04
2.05
B. Equipment grounding conductors shall be green
insulated type THEW, XHHW conductors sized as
indicated on the drawings. Where size is not
indicated on the drawings, conductor size shall be
determined from the National Electrical Code table
of sizes of equipment grounding conductors.
C. Bonding jumpers shall be flexible copper bonding
jumpers sized in accordance with the National
Electrical Code table on sizes of equipment
grounding electrode conductors.
TRANSFORMERS & MOTOR CONTROLLERS
A. Provide a conductor termination grounding lug
bonded to the enclosure of each transformer and
motor controller.
B. Provide a neutral bar with bonding screw in each
disconnect for grounding purposes.
DEVICES
A. Each receptacle and switch device shall be
furnished with a grounding screw connected to the
metallic device frame. Bond equipment grounding
conductor to each outlet box. For isolated ground
receptacles, bond equipment grounding conductor to
box, and isolated ground conductor to device
grounding screw.
GROUND RODS
A. Ground rods shall be 3/4" x 10'-0" copper clad
steel.
3.01
PART 3 EXECUTION
EDCIt 98065
INSTALLATION
A. Ground all non-current carrying parts of the
electrical system, i.e., wireways, equipment
enclosures and frames, junction and outlet boxes,
machine frames and other conductive items in close
proximity with electrical circuits, to provide a
low impedance path for potential grounded faults.
B. Service entrance and separately derived electrical
systems, grounding electrode system.
16110 - 3
4.
5.
EDC# 98065
1.
The neutral conductor of the electrical
service serving the premises wiring system
shall be grounded to the ground bus bar in the
service equipment which shall be grounded to
the cold water system, the ground rod system,
and other grounding electrodes specified
herein or indicated on the drawings.
Grounding electrode conductors shall be
installed in rigid, non-metallic conduit to
point of ground connection, unless subject to
physical damage in which case they shall be
installed in galvanized rigid steel. Where
metallic conduit is permitted, bond conduit at
both ends to grounding electrode conductor
with a UL bonding bushing.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
Make connection to main water line entering
the building. Make connections ahead of any
valve or fittings whose removal may interrupt
ground continuity. Install a bonding jumper
of the same size as the grounding conductor
around the water meter.
3.
Bond together the following systems to form
the grounding electrode system. All system
connections shall be made as close as possible
to the service entrance equipment and each
connected at the service entrance equipment
ground bus. Do not connect electrode systems
together except at ground bus.
a. Cold water piping system
b. Ground rod system
c. structural steel metal building frame,
see detail on drawings.
d. Lightning protection system
e. Main re-bar in a foundation footing, for
a concrete structure
Ground the neutral of all dry type
transformers as indicated on the drawings.
Grounding electrode connections to structural
steel, reinforcing bars, ground rods, or where
indicated on the drawings shall be with
chemical exothermic weld connection devices
recommended for the particular connection
type. Connections to piping shall be with UL
listed mechanical ground clamps.
16110 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EDC# 98065
6. Where more than one service serves a building
or interconnected buildings, connect each
service equipment ground bus together with a
#4/0 copper conductor in PVC conduit.
7. Bonding shall be in accordance with the
National Electrical Code.
8. Install ground rods where indicated on the
drawings with the top of the ground rods 12"
below finished grade.
C.
Equipment Grounding Conductor
1.
Grounding conductors shall
branch circuit raceways and
conductors shall be the
branch circuit conductors.
be provided in all
cables. Grounding
same AWG size as
2. Grounding conductors for feeders are typically
indicated on the drawings and the raceway is
sized to accommodate grounding conductor
shown. Where grounding conductor size is not
indicated on the drawings, conductor shall be
in accordance wi th the equipment grounding
conductor table of the National Electrical
Code.
3. A grounding conductor shall be installed in
all flexible conduit installations. For
branch circuits, grounding conductor shall be
sized to match branch circuit conductors.
4. A feeder serving several panelboards shall
have a continuous grounding conductor which
shall be connected to each related cabinet
grounding bar.
5. The equipment grounding conductor shall be
attached to equipment with bolt or sheet metal
screw used for no other purpose. Where
grounding conductor is stranded, attachment
shall be made with lug attached to grounding
conductor with crimping tools.
6. Ground all motors by drilling and tapping the
bottom of the motor junction box with a round
head bol t used for no other purpose.
Conductor attachment shall be through the use
of a lug attached to conductor with a crimping
tool.
16110 - 5
3.02
EDen 98065
7. Equipment grounding conductors shall terminate
on panelboard, switchboard, or motor control
center grounding bus only. Do not terminate
on neutral bus. Provide a single terminals
lug for each conductor. Conductor shall
terminate the same section as the phase
conductors originate. Do not terminate
neutral conductors on the ground bus.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Other Grounding Requirements
1. Each telephone backboard shall be provided
with a No.6 grounding conductor. When
backboard is located in vicinity of electrical
service equipment, the "point of grounding" of
this conductor shall be the main cold water
service with connections made ahead of any
valves or joints. Remote backboards shall use
building steel as "point of grounding".
Terminate conductor by stapling to backboard.
2. At each building expansion- joint flexible
copper bonding jumpers shall be attached to
building structure by exothermic weld process.
Install bonding jumpers in concealed locations
that will not subject connections or jumpers
to physical abuse. Install 100' on centers
across expansion joints.
3. Lighting fixtures shall be grounded with a
green insulated ground wire secured to the
fixture with a UL listed bond lug, screw, or
clip specifically made for such use.
TESTING
A. Upon completion of the ground rod installation,
grounding resistance reading shall be taken before
connection is made to the building cold water
piping system. Ground resistance readings shall not
be taken within forty-eight hours of rainfall.
Resul ts of ground resistance readings shall be
forwarded, in writing, immediately to the Architect
and Owner.
END OF SECTION 16110
16110 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
1.01
1.02
1.03
.
EDC# 98065
SECTION 16120
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit sample of laminated plastic identification
plate with lettering.
MATERIALS
A. Laminated plastic plates with 3/16" high white
letter etched on black background.
B. Plates shall be permanently mounted utilizing pop
rivets.
C. Painted, stenciled or indented tape identification
is not acceptable.
ITEM IDENTIFICATION
A. All electrical apparatus such as wiring troughs,
panelboards, individual circuit breakers,
transformers and disconnect switches shall have
laminated plastic identification plates.
Identification shall match labeling shown on plans.
B. A "steel" circuit directory frame, and a directory
card with a plastic covering shall be provided on
the inside of each panel door. The directory shall
be typed to identify the load fed by each circuit
and the areas served. Spaces or room numbers shown
on the drawings are not necessarily the final
numbers to be assigned to these areas. The
Contractors shall before completion of the project
obtain from the Architect final space or room
numbers so that it can be typed onto directory.
C. Circuit breakers and disconnects shall identify the
equipment served and circuit and panel from which
it is served.
D.
On all panelboards the exterior identification
plate shall match that on the drawings and the
panel and circuit number serving the panel shall be
designated within the panel.
END OF SECTION 16120
16120 - 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
EDell 98065
SECTION 16130
TELEPHONE CONDUIT AND OUTLET SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A. Telephone outlets not cabled shall be installed
using matching blank device plates.
B. Each telephone outlet (unless noted otherwise),
shall have 3/4" conduit, extending from the outlet
box to the telephone backboard.
C. The telephone backboard shall consist of One - 3/4"
x 4' x 8' plywood. Paint all sides and edges to
match room finish.
D. Install a #6 ground conductor from board to nearest
ground bar in panel, provide 8)~0" of coiled slack
at board.
E. Install a, quaduplex receptacle at the board and
serve with a dedicated 20 ampere 120 volt circuit.
F. See site plan for routing of service conduit.
G. Conduit and its installation shall be as covered
under Section 16020 of these specification.
H. Outlets and their installation shall be covered
under Section 16040 of these specifications.
I. Provide type 302 jUmbo stainless steel blank wall
plates for all outlets not cabled.
END OF SECTION 16130
16130 - 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
1.02
1.03
EDC# 98065
SECTION 16220
CONSTRUCTION REVIEWS INSPECTION AND TESTING
GENERAL
A. Comply with Division 1 - General Requirements.
CONSTRUCTION REVIEWS
A. The Architect or his representative shall observe
and review the installation of all electrical
systems shown on the drawings and as specified
herein.
B. Before covering or concealing any conduit below
grade or slab, in wall or above ceiling, the
contractor shall notify the Architect so that he
can review the installation.
CONTRACTOR'S FINAL INSPECTION
A. At the time of the Contractor's final inspection,
all systems shall be checked and tested for proper
installation and operation by the Contractor in the
presence of the Architect or his representative.
B. The Contractor shall furnish the personnel, tools
and equipment required to inspect and test all
systems.
C. Following is a list of items that the contractor
must demonstrate to the Architect or his
representative as complying with the plans and
specifications. Please note that this list does
not necessarily represent all items to be covered
in the final inspection, but should give the
Contractor an idea of what is to be reviewed.
1. Service ground, show connection to ground rod
and cold water main.
2. Demonstrate that main service equipment is
properly bonded.
3. Demonstrate that all panels have breakers as
specified, ground bar, copper bus, typed
directory for circuit identification and that
they are free of trash.
4. Demonstrate that all conduits are supported as
required by the National Electrical Code.
16220 - 1
16220 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Demonstrate that all outlet boxes above or on
the ceiling are supported as required by the
National Electrical Code.
6. Demonstrate that outlet boxes in wall or
ceilings of combustible materials are flush
wi th surface of wall or ceiling, and that
outlet boxes in walls or ceilings of
non-combustible materials are so installed
that the front edge of the box or plaster ring
is not set back more than 1/4".
7. Demonstrate that outlet boxes in wall are
secure.
8. Demonstrate that all devices are properly
secured to boxes, that device plates are
properly aligned and are not being used to
secure device.
9. utilizing a Woodhead No. 1750 testing device,
demonstrate that all 125 volt receptacles are
properly connected.
10. Demonstrate that all fixtures have specified
lamps, ballast and lens, and that they are
supported as required by the National
Electrical Code or as called for on the
drawings or in the specifications.
11. Demonstrate that all disconnects requiring
fuses are fused with the proper size and type,
and that all disconnects are properly
identified.
END OF SECTION 16220
EDCU 98065
FROM :
CCKU:= ,''\HI'(' iN, ~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ec 1< I.I~S,
MAI\TIN
& R LJ LI~
12.A, r-~'T C ~N:J'i STREET
Posi OFFICE Bcx 1382
STAT1!SnORO, CA '304'~
19121764-6288
iUN.'IlD P. MARTIN
JOHN H. Ruu:
_\ I~ ...-. 'I I I I , I ~.
ADDENDUM NO. 1
ISSUED: JULY 31,1998
THIS ADDENDUM is applicable to the work as herein stated or implied; it she I be considered a
part oftbis Contract. Modifications to the work required shall be included in the l'Base Bid".
THIS ADDENDUM IS DIRECTED, AS THEIR. IN'IEREST MAY APPEAR, rl) AIL BIDDERS
FOR TIm PROJECT ENTITI.ED:
MAINTENANCE BUILDING
FOR
AUGUSTA GOLF COURSE
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
COMMISSION NO. 980SB
JUN: IS, 1998
SPECIFICATIONS
INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
1. Page lFB-l - Add to the end of the first paragraph: "and all associated site v ark."
2. Add the following: "A pre-bid site visit will be held at Augusta Golf Course on ' n\u'sday, August
6, 1998 at 10:00 B.m."
lROPOSAL
1. Change page number P-8 to P-3.
2. Delete all reference to "Bid Schedule or Schedule of Items for Construction."
U,CTJON 13121 - PRE-EN~lNE~RED BUILDING
1. Add the enclosed Section 1312 t - Pre-engineered Buildings
FROM
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~.rIMI<I1N.~~
SECTION 13121 - PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDIIGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. section Includes:
1. Design, fabrication, and erection of prefabricated
building system including the following sibsystems:
a. StrUcture.
b. Roof.
c. Walls.
d. Personnel doors.
2. Interface with the following systems and :omponents
specified elsewharez
a. Service dears.
b. Louvers.
B. Related Sections:
1. concrete foundations and floor slab: OivLsion 3.
2. service doors: Division 8.
3. Louvers: Division 10.
4. Mechanical work: Division 15.
5. Electrical work: Division 16.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Desicp1 criteria: Desi9J:1 building structure a: ld enclosure
te W1 thStand the following loads and environm, mtal
oondi tions in combinations that produce the m; lXimum
.tresses in each member or component as prase: ~ ibed by
"Design Standards" listed herein.
1. Basic wind speed: 90 mph.
2. Live load (other than wind and snow):
a. Building frame: 12 psf.
b. Roof: 20 psf.
3. Climatic conditions:
a. Ambient tempera'ture range: 0 TO 105 1.EGREES F.
b. Maximum hourly rainfall: 4
Oesiqn Standardsz comply with applicable re~.irements of:
1. AlSe "Specification for structural steel l~ildings
Allowable stress Design and l?lastic .08si91.. "
2. AISI "Specifications ter the oesiqn of Co:d-Formed
steel Structural Members. I'
3. MBMA "Low Rise Building Systems Manual. n
Buildinq Code:
1. standard Buildinq Code (SBCCI).
1.02
A.
B.
c.
MAIN'l'ENANCE SLOG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
13121-1
9805
FROM :
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ECKL..C5. I'1ART IN. lS,XLJL,.I;;
1.03
A.
1.04
B.
SUBMI'1"1'ALS
Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications on all
bui1dinq components.
Foundation Datal
1. strUctural dataz Foundation reaction data indicating
compression, tension, moment, and shear Iaactions at
each point of connection between foundation and
strUctural steel.
2. Anchor bolts: Setting drawinqs and tempI !ltes for
location and spacinq of anchor bolts.
Shop orawinqsaShow facrication and erection of
strUcture, buildinq enclosure components, and accessories.
samples:
1. selection 8~les: Manufacturer's standa~d tinish and
color selection materials tor the tollow!lq
prefinished items:
a. Roofinq.
b. Wall panels.
2. verifiaat10n samples: Minimum 8- by 10-i lch samples
of finishes on actual substrate materials for the
followinq items:
a. Roofing.
b. Wall panels.
certifications Written statement siqned and 5ealed by a
pro:fessional Clqineer licansed in the state i 1 which the
proj eet is located! certifyinq that the desiq 1 oomplies
with indicated des qn criteria and requiremen' ~s of
qoverninq authorities.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Manufaoturer'. Qualifications: A oompany manlfacturinq
pre-enqineered buildinqs which have performed in a
satisfactory manner under comparable conditio: IS for a
period ot 5 years.
Installer's Qualifioations:
1. Approved or licensed by manufacturer of ~,ildinq.
2. A company regularly engaqed in installatil1n of
pre-enqineered buildinqs and whose instal: .ations have
been satisfac~ory tor a period of S years,
UL Listinq: Provide roof system assembly and accessory
materials which have been evaluated by Underwl'iters
Laboratories Inc. and listed as "Roof Oeck C01.structions"
(TGlOC) tor resistance to wind uplift for the ~ allowing
ratinq:
c.
D.
E.
A.
B.
c.
9805
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA 13121-2
GOLF COURSE
FROM :
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
.
~.I'\l"nll"'.lW'~
1.05
1.06
D.
1. class 60.
Weldinq: Comply wi1:h Ameriean Weldinq saciet y "structural
Weldinq Code--Ste81" CAWS 01.1) for weldinq Iroc~ures and
welder qualifications.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
store materials on skids or platforms; do not store
directly on ground.
Protect materials from weather with ventilate~ tarpaulins
or other suitable covering.
Provide clrainaqe to prevent water accumulatic:l in stored
materials.
Reep components which have finish to be exposed to view
from contact with materials which miqht cause
discoloration or corrosion.
A.
B.
C.
D.
wARRANTY
General: This warranty shall be in addition ;'.0, and not a
limitation of, other rights the owner may hav a against the
oontractor under the contract: dOCUDlen'Cs.
Provide warranty aqreeing to repair or replac ! defective
materials and workmanship. coveraqe shall in :lude the
following: .
1. StrUctural framing.
2. weather1:iqhtness of the buildinq.
3. pretinished component coatinqs: Defects '.nelude but
are not limited to cracking, delamination peelinq,
pi ttinq, blistering, ahalkinq, and excess .ve fade.
4. Warranty period 1s 3 years followinq date of
substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRooucrs
2.01
A.
A.
B.
MANUFACTURERS
pre-engineered Buildingsa
1. Proclucts of the tollowinq manufacturers, J trovided they
comply with requirements of the con'tract (locuments,
will be amonq these considered acceptable
a. American Buildinqs Company.
b. Ceco Building systems/a Robertson Cec(I Company.
a. Pascoe Build1nq systems, Inc.
d. Varco-pruden Buildinqs Divisian/Unitec. Dominion
Industries.
e. Whirlwind Bui1dinq systems.
9805
MAINTENANCE SLOG. .. AUGUSTA 13121-3
GOLF COURSE
FROM
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
eo<LES. MRRT IN. 8Jo(UL-C
f. Butler Manufacturing Company.
q. star Buildinq systems.
2. 02 pRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAMING
A. Materials:
1. Hot-rolled structural shapes: ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 529.
2. Tube: ABTM A 500 or ASTM A 501.
3. pipe: ASTM A 53.
4. Plates and bars for built-up members: AEr.M A 529,
ASTM A 570, or ASTM A 572.
5. steel sheet and strip for cold formed members: ASTM A
607.
6. Bolting materials: ASTM A 325.
a. Provide certified direct tension indi~ator washers
for field bolted connections.
7. Bracinq:
a. Roas: ASTM A 36.
b. Cables: Minimum" 7 strand, extra hiqh strenqth,
galvanized steel.
c. Angles: ASTM A 36.
B. Fabrication:
1. Fabricate structural framinq components i 1 accordance
with Alse "specification for StrUctural S:eel
Buildinqs -- Allowable stress oesign and ?lastic
Design."
2. connections:
a. Shop: Welded, bolted, or riveted.
b. Field: Bolted.
3. Weldin;: Weld structural members in aceo" ~dance with
AWS 01.1.
4. provide attached and loose J?lates, tabs, "md brackets
required for bearing, erect~on, and attac"~ent of
seoondary structure, roofing, sidinq, and a~cessories.
5. ShOp Finish: Clean steel surfaces in acc)rdance with
SSPC-SP 2 or sSPC-SP 3 and applY one or m' Ire coats of
primer to provide a minimum drY film thic:ness of 1.0
mil.
2 . 03 SECONDARY STRUCTURAL FRAMING
A. Cold-Formed Members: Comply with AISI "speci, "ications for
the Desicpl of COld-Formed steel structural M81 !bers. "
L Fabr~cate members from structural quality steel sheet
meetinq the requirements of ASTM A 607 or ASTM A 570.
B. Members Fabricated from Plate or Bar stock: ('omply with
requirements of ASTM A 529 or ASTM A 572.
c. Shop Finish:
1. stael surfaces (members fabricated from wcoated
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA 13121-4
GOLF COURSE
9805
FROM :
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
.
-
-
EO<LE5. MART 1 N. &l<UU::
steel): Clean and tinish as specified fer primary
structural members above.
2. Galvanized surfaces (members fabricated from
galvanized steel): Clean cut surfaces ard welds.
Apply qalvanizinq repair paint to axposec steel
surfaces, welds, and surfaces where zinc ooating is
damaged.
ROOF SYSTEM
System Type: Standing seam; insulated system consisting
of roof panels with concealed attachment clips in panel
seams and blanket insulation.
1. Fabricate panels from galvanized steel shaet, ASTM A
446 or ASTM A 526, G90 coatinq.
a. Minimum thickness 26 gage (0.022 inchl.
Insulation: Piberglass blankets; ASTM C 991, ~pe 2, with
the following facer material laminated to one S1de:
1. Nylon or fiberglass yarn reinforced vinyl (PVC) film
laminate.
Minimum R-Value of Insulation: 6 at 75 deqre!s F as
determined in accordance with ASTM C 518.
Pinishes:
1. Exterior finish: Baked siliconized polye~ter.
a. Color: Selected by architect, after . :ontract
award, trom manufacturer I s standard s. tlection.
ROOF ACCESSORIES
Flashinq and Trim: Fabricate sheet metal clo: lures, ridge
caps, edge trim, and required flashings of heiLVY gage
sheet metal of the same type used for roof pal 1e1,.s.
1. Finish I Match roof panels. .
Pipe Flashinqs (roof jacks): Molded neoprene or EPDM
rubber boots, sized to fit snuqly around pipe Provide
drawband and sealant to secure top of pipe fli .shing.
Provide aluminum or stainless steel oollar, SI :alants, and
fasteners to provide weathertiqht att.achment (If bottom of
unit to roof panels.
2.06 WALL SYSTEM
2.04
A.
B.
c.
D.
2.05
A.
B.
A. system Type a Concealed fastener; insulated s~stem
consistinq of wall panels fastened to special olips or
qirts and blanket insulation without liner paJsIs.
1. Fabricate panels fram galvanized steel shEet, ASTM A
446 or ASTM A 526, G90 coatinq.
a. Minimum thickness 26 qaqe (0.022 inch).
MAIN'I'ENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
13121-5
9805
r"1"Q.JI"' . ~...-u,...',--
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
2. EXterior finish: Baked siliconizecl POlYE ster.
a. ColorJ Selected by the architect trcl1l
manufacturer's standard selection.
3. Insulation: unfaced fiberqlass blanke~s; ASTM C 991,
Type 1. "
4. Vapor barrier:
a. NI10n or fiberqlass yarn reinforced "\Iinyl (PVC)
f 1m laminate.
S. Minimum R-value of insulation: 6 at 75 degrees F when
tested in accordance with ASTM C 518.
2.07 PERSONNEL DOORS
A. Doors: 1-3/4-inch-thick tlush doors meetinq t:hs
requirements of SDI-l00, Grade II, Modell or 2,
fabricated tram minimum 18 qaqe qalvanized stl!el, with
polyurethane foam insulation core.
s. Frames: Pully welded trames constrUcted of m Lnimum 16
gaqe qalvanizacl .'teal; comply with SDI-l00.
1. Anchors: Comply with SOI-l00i fabricate mchors from
qalvanized steel.
2. Trim and flashinq: Pabrioate trom same m 1terial used
for wall panels1 finish to match wall panals.
c. Hardware:
1. Locksat: Mortise lock with dead ))Qlt, sp lerical
knobs, entrance function. comply with th:l
requirements ot BHMA A156 .13, Series 1000. F12, Grade
2.
a. Pinish: BHMA 626 (brushed chrome).
2. Hinq..: Mortise ~late hinges, 5-knuck ~e, ball
bearing type, meating the requiremen~s of BHMA A156.1;
4-1/2 by 4~1/2 inche., minimUm size.
a. Provide Donremovable pins tor hinqas . m
out-swinqinq exterior doors.
b. Pinish: HIlMA 626 (brushed chrome) or BHMA 630
(brushed stainles.).
3. Closers: Parallel arm type, with or with, )ut cover,
heavy duty, tor exterior US8. Comply wi 1:ll BHMA
A156.4, Type C02022 or C030220
a. Provia. reinforced closer arm with po: Ii t.i va stop
or separate overhead stop tor out-swi,lqinq
exter10r doors.
4. weatharstrippinc;u Bxtrucled aluminum thre! :hold and
self-adhesive vinyl, neoprene, or EPDM gal,kets applied
to frame stops.
D. Hardware Sets:
1. sinqle out-swinqinq exterior door: Locks( It, closer, 3
hinq.., and weatherstripping.
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA 13121-6
GOLF COURSE
9805
-
-
FROM :
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EO<LE5. MFRTIN. ~
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
3.02
A.
verify that foundation( floor slab, utilities, and placed
anchors are complete, ~ proper location, and ready to
receive work of this section.
STRUCTURAL FRAMING BREC'fiON
temporary sUPJ?ort: Provide temporary quys, t caces,
falsework, cr~bbinq, and other elements requiC'ed to secure
the steel framinq against loads equal in inte :lsi ty to
those tor which the struc1:ure was desiqned. :temove such
temporary support only when permanent connect lons have
been made and the steel framinq is fully oapa~le of
supportinq design loads, includinq any tempor sry
construction loads.
Erection: Erect structural steel in accordan::e with AIae
specification.
1. Tolerances: Before makinq final conneoti ,ns, set
members accurately to locations and eleva:ions
indicated, within tolerances established )'f AISC
specification, except that individual mem,ers are
considered plumb, level, and aliqnad if tle deviation
does not exceed 1:300.
2. MOdification of structural members a .
a. Thermal cut.ting of members is not all. )wed.
)). Correction of iinor misfits by the us- 1 of drift
pins, and moderate amounts of ahippin' r, reaminq,
a.ncl saw cut.t.ing are allowed.
3 . columna and hearing surfaces I
a. Clean bearinq and contact surfaces ))e: ~ore assembly.
)). Set base and bearinq plates accuratel~', usinq
metal wedges, shims, or setting nuts 1 LS required.
c. After tiqht.eninq 'anchor bolts and ens1Lrinq that
structure is plUmb, qrout solidly be~'een plates
and bearing s~aces.
Bolting:
1. connect primary structural members in COlD} .liance with
Alse nSpecification for structural Joints using ASTM
A325 or A490 Bolts."
a. Tighten structural bolts and nuts USil.9 direct
tension indicat.or washers.
2. Carbon steel anchor bolts: provide washe1 s fabricated
from ASTM A 36 steel plate for carbon stet 1 anchor
bolts.
connections of secondary structural members: Use carbon
steel bolts and nuts, ASTM A 307, high strenq1 h bolts and
A.
B.
c.
D.
9805
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA 13121-7
GOLF COURSE
E:CKl-t::=. 1'11-II'( I 1 N. 611'~
FROM
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.03
3.04
A.
nuts, ASTM A 325, or selt-drillinq fasteners in accordance
with manufacturer's standard practice for tyIe and qaqe of
material beinq fastened.
ROOF INSTALLATION
Secondary Structure: Install panel supports, taking care
to align members correctly for proper enqagauent of panel
attachment system.
Insulationl Install insulation over entire a rea to
receive tield-installed insulation. position, trim, and
secur~ insulation to ensure oomplete coverage without gaps
or vOl-ds.
1. provide intermediate supports if indicatej or if
required to prevent excessive saq of blan(et
insulation.
2. Vapor barrier: Seal ~oints and penetrati :ms of vapor
barrier to ensure oonf.inuity.
Roof Panel Installation:
1. Install roof panels in sinqle oontinuous ~iece from
eaves to ridge.
2. Anchor panels securelI in plaoe with prov Lsions for
thermal and structura movement.
a. Install roof panels using concealed c lips in panel
joints. .
b. ~osed. fasteners: Use tasteners wit l heads
tinished to match panel or provide pl~stic oaps
for exposed fastener heads.
c. Field seaminq: Close seams usinq pow.red seaming
tool of size and type reoommended by :)anel
fabricator. Inspect and clean tool r,lqularly to
avoid damage to finished surfaces.
Install roof acoessories in looations indioat: ld~. Anchor
securely.
Install qaskets, sealants! closures, and trim as the work
prOCJresses to ensure airt ght and weathertiqh': p~rformance
of the completed installation.
WALL INSTALLATION
B.
c.
D.
E.
A.
Secondary Structure s Install panel supports, taking care
to align membersoorreatly for proper engaqeml1nt of panel
attachment system.
InSUlation: Install insulation over
receive field-installed inSUlation.
..cure inBulation to ensure complete
or voids.
B.
entire a1 'ea to
position I trim, and
coverage without gaps
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
13121-8
9805
r,,"""t . ~'I."". ..~..----
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
c.
1. vapor barrier: Seal joints and penetrations of vapor
barrier t:o ensure continuity.
Wall panel Installation:
1. Install panels in sinqle continuous piecE.
2. Anchor panels securelI in place with pro' is ions far
thermal and structura movement.
a. Install panels using fasteners conce~led in panel
joint:s.
b. EJq20sed fasteners z Use fasteners wit h heads
finished to match panel, or provide ~ lastic caps
for exposed fastener heads.
3. Install qaskets, sealants, closures, and trim as the
work proqresses, to eDsure airtiqht and "8athertight
performance of the completed installatior..
Doors:
1. provide supplemental traminq tor door ope ninqs.
Anchor door frames secnu:ely and install t lashinC1 '
trim, sealants, and the like to ensure WE athert1.ght
installation.
a. Install door panels, hardware, and o~ erating
components. Clean, lubricate, and ad just '
components for smooth, proper operati on.
D.
END OF SBCTION. 13121
MAINTENANCE BLDG. - AUGUSTA
GOLF COURSE
13121-9
9805
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JAMES G. SWIFT & ASSOCIATES
~INGENGINEERS
Phone #706-868-8803
Fax #706-868-5464
ADDENDUM NO.2
ISSUED: AUGUST 6, 1998
TillS ADDENDUM is applicable to the work as herein stated or implied; it shall
be considered a part of this Contract. Modifications to the work required shall be
included in the "Base Bid".
THIS ADDENDUM IS DIRECTED, AS THEIR INTEREST MAY APPEAR, TO
ALL BIDDERS FOR TIlE PROJECT ENTITLED:
MAINTENANCE BUILDING
FOR
AUGUSTA GOLF COURSE
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
SECTION 13121 - PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDING
1. Delete 2.03.C.2 - Galvanized Surfaces
DRAWINGS - SHEET C-l
1. Relocate exterior sanitary service to east side of building for connection to
sanitary line at building.
2. Install!" PVC drain pipe with valve on southwest end of fuel tank
containment structure through wall at floor level.
3. Road between gravel parking area and building shall be in areas to be
covered with gravel.
1206 Interstate Parkway. Augusta, Georgia 30909
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JAMES G. SWIFT & ASSOCIATES
~INGENGINEERS
Phone #706-868-8803
Fax #706-868-5464
ADDENDUM NO.2
ISSUED: AUGUST 6, 1998
TillS ADDENDUM is applicable to the work as herein stated or implied; it shall
be considered a part of this Contract. Modifications to the work required shall be
included in the "Base Bid".
THIS ADDENDUM IS DIRECTED, AS THEIR INTEREST MA Y APPEAR, TO
ALL BIDDERS FOR THE PROJECT ENTITLED:
MAINTENANCE BUILDING
FOR
AUGUSTA GOLF COURSE
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
SECTION 13121 - PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDING
1. Delete 2.03.C.2 - Galvanized Surfaces
DRAWINGS - SHEET C-l
1. Relocate exterior sanitary service to east side of building for connection to
sanitary line at building.
2. Install 1" PVC drain pipe with valve on southwest end of fuel tank
containment structure through wall at floor level.
3. Road between gravel parking area and building shall be in areas to be
covered with gravel.
.
.
.
-
-
~
.
1206 Interstate Parkway · Augusta, Georgia 30909